Skip to main content

Full text of "Harris High Speed Processing Seminar1992OCR"

See other formats


$5.00 

m HARRIS 1 

SEMICONDUCTOR 



HARRIS SEMICONDUCTOR 
DATA ACQUISITION NEW PRODUCTS 

This supplementary data book contains specifications for new products 
released since the main Data Acquisition data book last printed in 1991. 
Included in this supplementary data book is a listing of all products 
described in the main data book. For a complete listing of all Harris 
Semiconductor products, please refer to the Product Selection Guide 
(PSG-201 S; ordering information below.) 

For complete, current and detailed technical specifications on any Harris 
devices please contact the nearest Harris sales, representative or distrib- 
utor office; or direct literature requests to: 

Harris Semiconductor Literature Department 
P.O. Box 883, MS CBl-25 
Melbourne, FL 32901 
FAX 407-724-3937 



U.S. HEADQUARTERS 

Harris Semiconductor 
1301 Woody Burke Road 
Melbourne, Florida 32902 
TEL: (407) 724-3000 



SOUTH ASIA 

Harris Semiconductor H.K. Ltd 
13/F Fourseas Building 
208-212 Nathan Road 
Tsimshatsui, Kowloon 
Hong Kong 
TEL: (852) 723-6339 



EUROPEAN HEADQUARTERS 

Harris Semiconductor 
Mercure Center 
100, Ruede la Fusee 
1130 Brussels, Belgium 
TEL: (32)2 246 21 11 

NORTH ASIA 

Harris K.K. 

Shinjuku NS Bldg. Box 6153 
2-4-1 Nishi-Shinjuku 
Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo 163-08 Japan 
TEL: 81-3-3345-8911 



See our a pr< 
specs in K^I Xlu 



Copyright© Harris Corporation 1992 
(All Rights Reserved) 
Printed in USA, 8/1992 



i 



DATA ACQUISITION NEW PRODUCTS 
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE 

For technical assistance on the Harris products listed in this databook, please contact 
the Field Applications Engineering staff available at one of the following Harris Sales 



Offices: 

UNITED STATES 

CALIFORNIA Costa Mesa 71 4-433-0600 

San Jose 408-985-7322 

Woodland Hills 818-985-7322 

FLORIDA Melbourne 407-724-3576 

GEORGIA Duluth 404-476-0025 

ILLINOIS Schaumburg 708-240-3480 

MASSACHUSETTS Burlington 617-221-1850 

NEW JERSEY Mt. Laurel 609-727-1 909 

NEW YORK Great Neck 516-829-9441 

TEXAS Dallas 21 4-733-0800 

INTERNATIONAL 

FRANCE Paris 33-1-346-54046 

GERMANY Munich 49-8-963-81 30 

HONGKONG Kowloon 852-723-6339 

ITALY Milano 39-2-262-22 1 4 1 

JAPAN Tokyo 81-3-345-891 1 

KOREA Seoul 82-2-551 -0931 

UNITED KINGDOM Camberley 44-2-766-86886 



Harris Semiconductor products are sold by description only. All specifications in this 
product guide are applicable only to packaged products; specifications for die are 
available upon request. Harris reserves the right to make changes in circuit design, 
specifications and other information at any time without prior notice. Accordingly the 
reader is cautioned to verify that information in this publication is current before plac- 
ing orders. Reference to products of other manufacturers are solely for convenience 
of comparison and do not imply total equivalency of design, performance, or otherwise 



m HARRIS 

\MJ SEMICONDUCTOR 



DATA ACQUISITION. -I 

NEW PRODUCTS 1 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

PAGE 



MULTIPLEXERS AND SWITCHES DATA SHEETS 

DG401 , Monolithic Dual CMOS Analog Switches 1-9 

DG403, 
DG405 

DG408, Single 8-Channel/Differential 4-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexers 1-11 

DG409 

DG411, Monolithic Quad SPST CMOS Analog Switches 1-13 

DG412, 
DG413 

DG441, Monolithic Quad SPST CMOS Analog Switches 1-14 

DG442 

DG458, Single 8 Channel/Differential 4-Channel Fault Protected Analog Multiplexers 1-15 

DG459 

A/D CONVERTER DATA SHEETS 

HI-574A Fast, Complete 12-Bit A/D Converter with Microprocessor Interface 1-17 

HI-674A 12|xs, Complete 12-Bit A/D Converter with Microprocessor Interface 1-28 

HI-774 8ns, Complete 12-Bit A/D Converter with Microprocessor Interface 1-39 

HI-5700 8-Bit, 20 MSPS Flash A/D Converter 1-51 

HI-5700/883 8-Bit, 20MSPS Flash A/D Converter 1-62 

HI-5701 6 Bit, 30 MSPS Flash A/D Converter 1-71 

HI5800 12-Bit, 3MSPS Sampling A/D Converter 1-82 

HI5801 12-Bit, 5MSPS A/D Converter 1-94 

HI5812 CMOS 12-Bit Sampling A/D Converter with Internal Track and Hold 1-95 

HI-7153/883 8-Channel, 10-Bit, High Speed Sampling A/D Converter 1-108 

AN9203 Using the HI5800 Evaluation Board 1-120 

BR-007 Harris Semiconductor Sales, Representatives and Distributor Locations 1-132 

OTHER DATA ACQUISITION PRODUCTS CONTAINED IN MAIN DATA BOOK DB301 1-3 



1-1 



Other Data Acquisition Products Contained in 
Main Data Acquisition Data Book (DB301.1) 



AD590 


2-Wire Current Output Temperature Transducer 


AD7520 


10-Bit Multiplying D/A Converter 


AD7521 


12-Bit Multiplying D/A Converter 


AD7523 


8-Bit Multiplying D/A Converter 


AD7530 


10-Bit Multiplying D/A Converter 


AD7531 


12-Bit Multiplying D/A Converter 


AD7533 


10-Bit Multiplying D/A Converter 


AD7541 


12-Bit Multiplying D/A Converter 


AD7545 


12-Bit Buffered Multiplying CMOS DAC 


ADC0802 


8-Bit u.P-Compatible A/D Converter 


ADC0803 


8-Bit uP-Compatible A/D Converter 


ADC0804 


8-Bit uP-Compatible A/D Converter 


CA3161 


BCD to Seven Segment Decoder/Driver 


CA3304 


CMOS Video-Speed 4-Bit Flash A/D Converter 


CA3306 


CMOS Video-Speed 6-Bit Flash A/D Converter 


CA3310/CA3310A 


CMOS 10-Bit A/D Converter with Internal Track and Hold 


CA3318C 


CMOS Video-Speed 8-Bit Flash A/D Converter 


CA3338 


CMOS Video-Speed 8-Bit R-2R D/A Converter 


DG180 


Dual SPST 10 Ohm High-Speed Driver with JFET Switch 


DG181 


Dual SPST 30 Ohm High-Speed Driver with JFET Switch 


DG182 


Dual SPST 75 Ohm High-Speed Driver with JFET Switch 


DG183 


Dual DPST 10 Ohm High-Speed Driver with JFET Switch 


DG184 


Dual DPST 30 Ohm High-Speed Driver with JFET Switch 


DG185 


Dual DPST 75 Ohm High-Speed Driver with JFET Switch 


DG186 


SPDT 10 Ohm High-Speed Driver with JFET Switch 


DG187 


SPDT 30 Ohm High-Speed Driver with JFET Switch 


DG188 


SPDT 75 Ohm High-Speed Driver with JFET Switch 


DG189 


Dual SPDT 10 Ohm High-Speed Driver with JFET Switch 


DG190 


Dual SPDT 30 Ohm High-Speed Driver with JFET Switch 


DG191 


Dual SPDT 75 Ohm High-Speed Driver with JFET Switch 


DG200 


Dual SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


DG201 


Quad SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


DG201A 


Quad Monolithic SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


DG202 


Quad Monolithic SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


DG211 


Quad Monolithic SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


DG212 


Quad Monolithic SPST CMOS Analog Switch 



1-3 



Other Data Acquisition Products Contained in 
Main Data Acquisition Data Book (DB301.1) (continued) 



DG300A 


Dual SPST TTL Compatible CMOS Analog Switch 


DG301A 


SPDT TTL Compatible CMOS Analog Switch 


DG302A 


Dual DPST TTL Compatible CMOS Analog Switch 


DG303A 


Dual SPDT TTL Compatible CMOS Analog Switch 


DG308A 


Quad Monolithic SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


DG309 


Quad Monolithic SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


DG506A 


16-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer. 


DG507A 


Dual 8-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer 


DG508A 


8-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer 


DG509A 


Dual 4-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer 


DG526 


16-Channel CMOS Latchable Multiplexer 


DG527 


Dual 8-Channel CMOS Latchable Multiplexer 


DG528 


8-Channel Latchable Multiplexer 


DG529 


Dual 4-Channel Latchable Multiplexer 


HI-200 


Dual SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-201 


Quad SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-201HS 


High-Speed Quad SPST CMOS Analog Switch. 


HI-222 


High Frequency Video Switch 


HI-300 


Dual SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-301 


SPDT CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-302 


Dual DPST CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-303 


Dual SPDT CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-304 


Dual SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-305 


SPDT CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-306 


Dual DPST CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-307 


Dual SPDT CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-381 


Dual SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-384 


Dual DPST CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-387 


SPDT CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-390 


Dual SPDT CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-506 


Single 16-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer 


HI-506A 


Single 16-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer with Active Overvoltage Protection 


HI-507 


Differential 8-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer 


HI-507A 


Differential 8-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer with Active Overvoltage Protect 


HI-508 


Single 8-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer 


HI-508A 


Single 8-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer with Active Overvoltage Protection. 



1-4 



Other Data Acquisition Products Contained in 
Main Data Acquisition Data Book (DB301.1) (continued) 



HI-509 


Differential 4-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer 


HI-509A 


Differential 4-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer with Active Overvoltage Protection 


HI-516 


Programmable 16-Channel/Differential 8-Channel CMOS High-Speed Analog Multiplexer 


HI-518 


Programmable 8-Channel/Differential 4-Channel CMOS High-Speed Analog Multiplexer 


HI-524 


4-Channel Wideband and Video Multiplexer 


HI-539 


Monolithic, 4-Channel, Low Level, Differential Multiplexer 


HI-546 


Single 16-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer with Active Overvoltage Protection 


HI-547 


Differential 8-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer with Active Overvoltage Protection 


HI-548 


Single 8-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer with Active Overvoltage Protection 


HI-549 


Differential 4-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer with Active Overvoltage Protection 


HI-562A 


12-Bit High-Speed Monolithic D/A Converter 


HI-565A 


High-Speed Monolithic D/A Converter with Reference 


HI-574A 


Fast, Complete 12-Bit A/D Converter with Microprocessor Interface 


HI-674A 


12u.s, Complete 12-Bit A/D Converter with Microprocessor Interface 


HI-774 


8ns, Complete 12-Bit A/D Converter with Microprocessor Interface 


HI-1818A 


Low Resistance Single 8-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer 


HI-1828A 


Low Resistance Differential 4-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer 


HI-5040 


SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


Ht-5041 


Dual SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-5042 


SPDT CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-5043 


Dual SPDT CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-5044 


DPST CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-5045 


Dual DPST CMOS Analog Switch 


HI -5046 


DPDT CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-5046A 


DPDT CMOS Analog Switch 


HI -5047 


4PST CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-5047A 


4PST CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-5048 


Dual SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-5049 


Dual DPST CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-5050 


SPDT CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-5051 


Dual SPDT CMOS Analog Switch 


HI-5700 


8-Bit, 20MSPS Flash A/D Converter 


HI-5701 


6-Bit, 30MSPS Flash A/D Converter 


HI-7151 


10-Bit High-Speed A/D Converter with Track and Hold 


HI-7152 


10-Bit High-Speed A/D Converter with Track and Hold 


HI-7153 


8-Channel 10-Bit High Speed Sampling A/D Converter 



1-5 



Other Data Acquisition Products Contained in 
Main Data Acquisition Data Book (DB301.1) (continued) 



HI-7159A 


Microprocessor Compatible 5 1/2-Digit A/D Converter 


HI-DAC80V 


12-Bit, Low Cost Monolithic D/A Converter 


HI-DAC85V 


12-Bit, Low Cost Monolithic D/A Converter 


ICL232 


+5 Volt Powered Dual RS-232 Transmitter/Receiver 


ICL71C03/ICL8052 


Precision 4 1/2-Digit A/D Converter 


ICL71C03/ICL8068 


Precision 4 1/2-Digit A/D Converter 


ICL7104/ICL8052 


14/16-Bit nP-Compatible 2-Chip A/D Converter 


ICL7104/ICL8068 


14/16-Bit nP-Compatible 2-Chip A/D Converter 


ICL7106 


3 1/2-Digit LCD Single-Chip A/D Converter 


ICL7107 


3 1/2-Digit LED Single-Chip A/D Converter 


ICL7109 


12-Bit uP-Compatible A/D Converter 


ICL7115 


14-Bit High-Speed CMOS uP-Compatible A/D Converter 


ICL7116 


3 1/2-Digit with Display Hold Single-Chip A/D Converter 


ICL7117 


3 1/2-Digit with Display Hold Single-Chip A/D Converter 


ICL7121 


16-Bit Multiplying Microprocessor-Compatible D/A Converter 


ICL7126 


3 1/2-Digit Low Power Single-Chip A/D Converter 


ICL7129 


4 1/2-Digit LCD Single-Chip A/D Converter 


ICL7134 


14-Bit Multiplying uP-Compatible D/A Converter 


ICL7135 


4 1/2-Digit BCD Output A/D Converter 


ICL7136 


3 1/2-Digit LCD Low Power A/D Converter 


ICL7137 


3 1/2-Digit LED Low Power Single-Chip A/D Converter 


ICL7139 


3 3/4-Digit Autoranging Multimeter 


ICL7149 


Low Cost 3 3/4-Digit Autoranging Multimeter 


ICL8052 


A/D Converter - Low Leakage, Low Noise 


ICL8068 


A/D Converter - Low Leakage, Low Noise 


ICL8069 


Low Voltage Reference 


iai m~t -4 -?r\ 

ICM7170 


u.P-Compatible Real-Time Clock 


ICM7207/A 


CMOS Timebase Generator 


ICM7208 


7-Digit LED Display Counter 


ICM7209 


Timebase Generator 


ICM7211 


4-Digit LCD Display Driver 


ICM7212 


4-Digit LED Display Driver 


ICM7213 


One Second/One Minute Timebase Generator 


ICM7216A/B/D 


8-Digit Multi-Function Frequency Counter/Timer 


ICM7217 


4-Digit LED Display Programmable Up/Down Counter 


ICM7218 


8-Digit LED Multiplexed Display Driver 


ICM7224 


4 1/2-Digit LCD/LED Display Counter 



Other Data Acquisition Products Contained in 
Main Data Acquisition Data Book (DB301.1) (Continued) 



ICM7226A/B 


8-Digil Multi-Function Frequency Counter/Timer 


ICM7228 


8-Digit LED Multiplexed Display Driver 


ICM7231 


Numeric/Alphanumeric Triplexed LCD Display Driver 


ICM7232 


Numeric/Alphanumeric Triplexed LCD Display Driver 


ICM7243 


8-Character uP-Compatible LED Display Driver 


ICM7249 


5 1/2-Digit LCD u-Power Event/Hour Meter 


IH401A 


Quad Varafet Analog Switch 


IH5009 


Quad 100 Ohm Virtual Ground Analog Switch 


IH5010 


Quad 150 Ohm Virtual Ground Analog Switch 


IH5011 


Quad 100 Ohm Virtual Ground Analog Switch 


IH5012 


Quad 150 Ohm Virtual Ground Analog Switch 


IH5014 


Triple 150 Ohm Virtual Ground Analog Switch 


IH5016 


Triple 150 Ohm Virtual Ground Analog Switch 


IH5017 


Dual 100 Ohm Virtual Ground Analog Switch 


IH5018 


Dual 150 Ohm Virtual Ground Analog Switch 


IH5019 


Dual 100 Ohm Virtual Ground Analog Switch 


IH5020 


Dual 150 Ohm Virtual Ground Analog Switch 


IH5022 


Single 150 Ohm Virtual Ground Analog Switch 


IH5024 


Single 150 Ohm Virtual Ground Analog Switch 


IH5043 


Dual SPDT 75 Ohm High-Level CMOS Analog Switch 


IH5052 


Quad SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


IH5053 


Quad SPST CMOS Analog Switch 


IH5140 


SPST High-Level CMOS Analog Switch 


IH5141 


Dual SPST High-Level CMOS Analog Switch 


IH5142 


SPDT High-Level CMOS Analog Switch 


IH5143 


Dual SPDT High-Level CMOS Analog Switch 


IH5144 


DPST High-Level CMOS Analog Switch 


IH5145 


Dual DPST High-Level CMOS Analog Switch 


IH5151 


Dual SPDT High-Level CMOS Analog Switch 


IH5341 


Dual SPST CMOS RF/Video Switch 


IH5352 


Quad SPST CMOS RFA/ideo Switch 


IH6108 


8-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexer 


IH6201 


Dual CMOS Driver/Voltage Translator 


IH6208 


4-Channel Differential CMOS Analog Multiplexer 


IM6654 


4096-Bit CMOS UV EPROM 



1-7 



SI 



SEMICONDUCTOR 



PRELIMINARY 

July 1992 



DG401, DG403 
DG405 

Monolithic Dual CMOS 
Analog Switches 



Features 

• ON-Resistance < 350. 

• Low Power Consumption (P D < 35uW) 

• Fast Switching Action 

- t ON <150ns 

- t OFF <100ns 

Low Charge Injection 

DG401 Dual SPST; Same Plnout as HI5041 

DG403 Dual SPDT; DG190, IH5043, IH5151 

DG405 Dual DPST; DG184, HI5045, IH5145 

TTL, CMOS Compatible 

Single or Split Supply Operation 

Benefits 
Low Signal Errors and Distortion 
Reduced Power Supply 
Faster Throughput 
Improved Reliability 
Reduced Pedestal Error 
Simplifies Retrofit 
Simple Interfacing 
Break-Before-Make 

Applications 
Audio Switching 
Battery Operated Systems 
Data Acquisition 
Hi-Rel Systems 
Sample and Hold Circuits 
Communication Systems 
Automatic Test Equipment 



Description 

The DG401, DG403 and DG405 monolithic CMOS analog 
switches have TTL & CMOS compatible digital inputs, and a 
voltage reference for logic thresholds. 
These switches feature low analog ON resistance (< 3511) 
and fast switch time (toN < 1 50ns). Low charge injection sim- 
plifies sample and hold applications. 
The improvements in the DG401/403/405 series are made 
possible by using a high voltage silicon-gate process. An 
epitaxial layer prevents the latch-up associated with older 
CMOS technologies. The 44V maximum voltage range per- 
mits controlling 30V peak-to-peak signals. Power supplies 
may be single-ended from +5V to +34V, or split from ±5V to 
±17V. 

The analog switches are bilateral, equally matched for AC or 
bidirectional signals. The ON resistance variation with ana- 
log signals is quite low over a ±15V analog input range. The 
three different devices provide the equivalent of two SPST 
(DG401), two SPDT (DG403) or two DPST (DG405) relay 
switch contacts with CMOS or TTL level activation. The 
pinout is similar, permittng a standard layout to be used, 
choosing the switch function as needed. 



Pinouts Switches Shown for Logic "0" Input 




DG403 

TOP VIEW 



D, [7 
NCfT 
D,U 

s«GE — 

D 4 [T-o. 

NC [7 



^3 



ills, 

if] a, 
u\ V- 

13] GND 




9]S 2 




(NC) NO CONNECTION 



(NC) NO CONNECTION 



(NC) NO CONNECTION 



CAUTION: These devices are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. Users should tollow proper I.C. Handling Procedures. 
Copyright © Harris Corporation 1992 1 „ 



File Number 3284 



DG401, DG403, DG405 




Truth Table 



LOGIC 


DG401 


DG403 


DG405 


SWITCH 


SWITCH 1,2 


SWITCH 3, 4 


SWITCH 





OFF 


OFF 


ON 


OFF 


1 


ON 


ON 


OFF 


ON 



NOTE: Logic "0" <0.8V. Logic T 22.4V. 



1-10 



SI 



SEMICONDUCTOR 



PRELIMINARY 

July 1992 



DG408 
DG409 



Single 8-Channel/Differential 
4-Channel CMOS Analog Multiplexers 



Features 

ON-Resistance 100Q Maximum (+25°C) 
Low Power Consumption (P D < 11 mW) 
Fast Switching Action 

- ^trans * 250ns 

- toN/OFF(EN) < 150n8 

Low Charge Injection 
Upgrade from DG5067DG509 
TTL, CMOS Compatible Logic 
Single or Split Supply Operation 

Benefits 
Low Signal Errors and Distortion 
Reduced Power Supply 
Faster Throughput 
Improved Reliability 
Break-Before-Make Switching 
Simplifies Retrofit 
Simple Interfacing 

Applications 

Data Acquisition Systems 
Audio Switching Systems 
Automatic Testers 
Hi-Rel Systems 
Sample and Hold Circuits 
Communication Systems 
Analog Selector Switch 



Description 

The DG408 Single 8-Channel and DB409 Differential 4- 
Channel monolithic CMOS analog multiplexers are drop-in 
replacements for the popular DG508 and DG509 series 
devices. They each include an array of eight analog 
switches, a TTL/CMOS compatible digital decode circuit for 
channel selection, a voltage reference for logic thresholds 
and an ENABLE input for device selection when several mul- 
tiplexers are present. 

The feature lower signal ON resistance (< 100Q) and faster 
switch transition time (Itrans < 250ns) compared to the 
DG508A or DG509A. Charge injection has been reduced, 
simplifying sample and hold applications. The improvements 
in the DG408 series are made possible by using a high-volt- 
age silicon-gate process. An epitaxial layer prevents the 
latch-up associated with older CMOS technologies. 

The 44V maximum voltage range permits controlling 30V 
peak-to-peak signals. Power supplies may be single-ended 
from +5V to +34V, or split from ±5V to ±17V. 

The analog switches are bilateral, equally matched for AC or 
bidirectional signals. The ON resistance variation with ana- 
log signals is quite low over a ±5V analog input range. 



Pinouts 



DG408 

TOP VIEW 



ENABLE [7 

" V SUPPLY L? 
IN1 [7 
IN2 [7 
IN3 [T 
IN4 [7 
OUT [7 



16] A, 

111*2 
U\ GND 

fj] INS 
]TJ IN6 
10] IN7 
JJlNB 



DG409 

TOP VIEW 



Ao[T 
ENABLE [7 
-Vsupply [7 
IN1A [7 
IN2A [7 
IN3A |T 
IN4A [7 
OUTA (7 



!UAi 

IS] GND 

j3 +Vsupp L Y 

13] IN1B 

j|]lN2B 

il]lN3B 

10]lN4B 

JJOUTB 



CAUTION: These devices are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. Users should follow proper I.C. Handling Procedures. 



Copyright © Harris Corporation 1992 



File Number 3280 



1-11 



DG408, DG409 



Functional Block Diagrams 

DG408 



DG409 



IN1 



IN2 i 



DECODER/ 
DRIVER 




* DIGITAL 
INPUT 

PROTECTION 



-o OUT 



Ao A, A 2 EN 



IN1A < 

i 
i 

IN4A l 

IN1B i 

< 
i 

IN4B ' 



-o OUTB 



DECODER/ 
DRIVER 



SV 
REF 



LEVEL 
SHIFT 



* DIGITAL 
INPUT 

PROTECTION 



m 

Ag A, EN 



Truth Tables 





A, 


Ao 


EN 


ON SWITCH 


X 


X 


X 





NONE 













1 








1 




2 





1 







3 





1 


1 




4 


1 










5 


1 





1 




6 


1 


1 







7 


1 


1 


1 




8 



NOTES: 

1. V^h Logic "1" a 2.4V 

2. Logic -0- S0.8V 



DG409 



A, 


Ao 


EN 


ON SWITCH 


X 


X 





NONE 








1 


1 





1 


1 


2 


1 





1 


3 


1 


1 


1 


4 



1-12 



SEMICONDUCTOR 



PRELIMINARY 

July 1992 



DG411, DG412 
DG413 

Monolithic Quad SPST CMOS 
Analog Switches 



Features 

ON- Resistance < 35a max 

Low Power Consumption (P D < 3SuW) 

Fast Switching Action 

- 1 on <175ns 

- topp <145ns 

Low Charge Injection 
Upgrade from DG201 A/DG202 
TTL, CMOS Compatible 
Single or Split Supply Operation 

Benefits 
Low Signal Errors and Distortion 
Reduced Power Supply 
Faster Throughput 
Improved Reliability 
Reduced Pedestal Error 
Simplifies Retrofit 
Simple Interfacing 

DG413 has Two NC, Two NO Switches 

Applications 

Audio Switching 

Battery Operated Systems 

Data Acquisition 

Hi-Rel Systems 

Sample and Hold Circuits 

Communication Systems 

Automatic Test Equipment 



Description 

The DG411 series monolithic CMOS analog switches are drop-in 
replacements for the popular DG201A and DG202 series devices. They 
include four independent single pole throw (SPST) analog switches, TTL 
and CMOS compatible digital inputs and a voltage reference for logic 
thresholds. 

These switches feature lower analog ON resistance (< 35Q.) and faster 
switch time (toN < 175ns) compared to the DG201A or DG202. Charge 
injection has been reduced, simplifying sample and hold applications. 

The improvements in the DG411 series are made possible by using a 
high voltage silicon-gate process. An epitaxial layer prevents the latch-up 
associated with older CMOS technologies. The 44V maximum voltage 
range permits controlling 30V peak-to-peak signals. Power supplies may 
be single-ended from +5V to +34V, or split from ±5V to ±17V. 

The four switches are bilateral, equally matched for AC or bidirectional 
signals. The ON resistance variation with analog signals is quite low over 
a ±15V analog input range. The switches in the DG411 and DG412 are 
identical, differing only in the polarity of the selection logic. Two of the 
switches in the DG413 (#1 and #4) use the logic of the DG201A/DG411 
(i.e. a logic "0" turns the switch ON) and the other two switches use 
DG202/DG412 positive logic. This permits independent control of turn- 
on and turn-off times for SPDT configurations, permitting "break-before- 
make" or "make-before-break" operation with a minimum of external 
logic. 



Truth Table 





DG411 


DG412 


DG413 


LOGIC 


SWITCH 


SWITCH 


SWITCH 1,4 


SWITCH 2, 3 





ON 


OFF 


OFF 


ON 


1 


OFF 


ON 


ON 


OFF 


NOTE: Logic "0" <0.8V. Logic "1 * >2.4V. 



Pinout 



IN, |T 
D, [2 
S, |T 
V-[T 
GND jT 
S 4 [6 
D t \7 

IN, [7 



TOP VIEW 
\J 



16] IN 2 

ijD 2 
U]S 2 

i3] v+ 

12] NC 

iTJs 3 

iojDa 

9]lN 3 



(NC) NO CONNECTION 



Functional Diagrams Four SPST Switches per Package Switches Shown tor Logic "1" Input 
DG411 DG412 DG413 




CAUTION: These devices are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. Users should follow proper US. Handling Procedures. R | e N ur rit>er 3281 

Copyright ©Harris Corporation 1992 1 



33 



SEMICONDUCTOR 



PRELIMINARY 

July 1992 



DG441 
DG442 



Monolithic Quad SPST CMOS 
Analog Switches 



Features 

ON-Resistance 85ft max 

Low Power Consumption (P D < l.6mW) 

Fast Switching Action 

- t 0N < 250ns 

- t OFF < 120ns (DG441) 
Low Charge Injection 
Upgrade from DG201 A/DG202 
TTL, CMOS Compatible 
Single or Split Supply Operation 

Benefits 
Low Signal Errors and Distortion 
Reduced Power Supply 
Faster Throughput 
Improved Reliability 
Reduced Pedestal Error 
Simplifies Retrofit 
Simple Interfacing 

Applications 

Audio Switching 

Battery Operated Systems 

Data Acquisition 

Hi-Rel Systems 

Sample and Hold Circuits 

Communication Systems 

Automatic Test Equipment 



Description 

The DG441 and DG442 monolithic CMOS analog switches 
are drop-in replacements for the popular DG201A and 
DG202 series devices. They include four independent single 
pole single throw (SPST) analog switches, TTL and CMOS 
compatible digital inputs and a voltage reference for logic 
thresholds. 

These switches feature lower analog ON resistance (<85£i) 
and faster switch time (to N < 250ns) compared to the 
DG201A and DG202. Charge injection has been reduced, 
simplifying sample and hold applications. 

The improvements in the DG441 series are made possible 
by using a high voltage silicon-gate process. An epitaxial 
layer prevents the latch-up associated with older CMOS 
technologies. The 44V maximum voltage range permits con- 
trolling 30V peak-to-peak signals. Power supplies may be 
single-ended from +5V to +34V, or split from ±5V to ±7V. 

The four switches are bilateral, equally matched for AC or 
bidirectional signals. The ON resistance variation with ana- 
log signals is quite low over a ±5V analog input range. The 
switches in the DG441 and DG442 are identical, differing 
only in the polarity of the selection logic. 



Pinout 



TOP VIEW 



IN, [7 




16] IN 2 


°l[Z 




1S]D 2 


S, |T 




14] Sj 


VI [4 




13] v+ 


GND [T 




12] NC 


S 4 [6 




ID S3 


D«E 




10] Da 


IN 4 [I 




3 "N, 



(NC) NO CONNECTION 



Functional Diagrams 

00441 



DG442 



IN 2 c 



IN 3 < 




Truth Table 



LOGIC 


VIN 


DG441 


DG442 





<0.8V 


ON 


OFF 


1 


>2.4V 


OFF 


ON 



CAUTION: These devices are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. Users should follow proper I.e. Handl 

Copyright © Harris Corporation 1992 . , . 

1-14 



File Number 



33 



SEMICONDUCTOR 



PRELIMINARY 

July 1992 



DG458 
DG459 



Single 8 Channel/Differential 4-ChanneI 
Fault Protected Analog Multiplexers 



Features 

Fault and Overvoltage Protection 
ON-Resistance < 1.8KO (+25°C) 
Low Power Consumption (P D < 6mW) 
Fast Switching Action 
- ^trans < 500ns 

■ l ON/OFF(EN) < 250nS 

Fail Safe with Power Loss (No Latch-Up) 
Upgrade from DG508/DG509 
TTL, CMOS Compatible Logic 

Benefits 

Low Signal Errors and Distortion 
Reduced Power Supply 
Faster Throughput 
Improved Reliability 
Break-Before-Make Switching 
Simplifies Retrofit 
Simple Interfacing 

Applications 
Data Acquisition Systems 
Audio Switching Systems 
Automatic Testers 
Hi-Rel Systems 
Sample and Hold Circuits 
Communication Systems 
Analog Selector Switch 



Description 

The DG458 Single 8-Channel and DB459 Differential 4- 
Channel monolithic CMOS analog multiplexers are drop-in 
replacements for the popular DG508 and DG509 series 
devices. They each include an array of eight analog 
switches, a series N-channel/P-channel/N-channel fault pro- 
tection circuit, a TTL/CMOS compatible digital decode circuit 
for channel selection, a voltage reference for logic thresholds 
and an ENABLE input for device selection when several mul- 
tiplexers are present. 

The feature lower signal ON resistance (< 100O) and faster 
switch transition time (t TRANS < 250ns) compared to the 
DG508A or DG509A. Charge injection has been reduced, 
simplifying sample and hold applications. The improvements 
in the DG458 series are made possible by using a high-volt- 
age silicon-gate process. An epitaxial layer prevents the 
latch-up associated with older CMOS technologies. 

The 44V maximum voltage range permits controlling 20V 
peak-to-peak signals, while withstanding continuous over- 
voltages up to ±35V, providing an open fault circuit. 

The analog switches are bilateral, break-before-make, 
equally matched for AC or bidirectional signals. The ON 
resistance variation with analog signals is quite low over a 
±5V analog input range. 



Pinouts 



DG458 DG459 

TOP VIEW TOP VIEW 



AoLT 




16] A, 


Ao[T 




16] A, 


ENABLE [2 




if]A 2 


ENABLE (T 




IS] GND 


-Vsupply [3 




14] GND 


-Vsupply [£ 




3 +V SUPPLY 


IN1 [7 




13] +VSUPPLY 


IN1A (T 




13] IN1B 


IN2 [7 




12] INS 


IN2A (T 




12] IN2B 


INS [T 




11] INS 


IN3A [7 




n] IN3B 


IN4 [7 




ij>]iN7 


IN4A [7 




I0]|N4B 


OUTg 




9]lN8 


OUTA g 




JJOUTB 



CAUTION: These devices are sensitive to eleclrostatic discharge. Users should follow proper I.O. Handling Procedures. 
Copyright ©Harris Corporation 1992 1 1 _ 



File Number 3280 



DG458, DG459 



Functional Block Diagrams 

DG458 



DECODER/ 
DRIVER 



SV 
REF 



ZE 



LEVEL 
SHIFT 



* DIGITAL 
INPUT 

PROTECTION 




-o OUT 



Ao A, A 2 EN 



IN1A l 




* DIGITAL 
INPUT 

PROTECTION 



Ao A, 



> OUT A 



-o OUT B 



Truth Tables 



DG458 



A, 


A, 


Ao 


EN 


ON SWITCH 


X 


X 


X 





NONE 













1 








1 




2 





1 







3 





1 


1 




4 


1 










5 


1 





1 




6 


1 


1 







7 


1 


1 


1 




8 



NOTES: 

1. Vah Logic T> 2.4V 

2. v*,. Logic -CT <0.8V 



DG459 



A, 


Ao 


EN 


ON SWITCH 


X 


X 





NONE 








1 


1A, 1B 








1 


2A, 2B 


1 





1 


3A.3B 


1 


1 


1 


4A.4B 



1-16 



ffj HARRIS 

I^Lr semiconductor 



HI-574A 



June 1992 



Features 

• Complete 12-Blt A/D Converter with Reference and 
Clock 

• Full 8-, 12- or 16-Bit Microprocessor Bus Interface 

• 150ns Bus Access Time 

• No Missing Codes Over Temperature 

• Minimal Setup Time for Control Signals 

• 25ns Maximum Conversion Time 

• Low Noise, via Current-Mode Signal Transmission 
Between Chips 

• Byte Enable/Short Cycle (A Q Input) 

- Guaranteed Break-Before-Make Action, Eliminating 
Bus Contention During Read Operation. Latched by 
the Start Convert Input (To Set the Conversion 
Length) 

• Improved Second Source for AD574A 

• ±12V to ±1SV Operation 

Applications 

• Military and Industrial Data Acquisition Systems 

• Electronic Test and Scientific Instrumentation 

• Process Control Systems 



Fast, Complete 1 2-Bit A/D Converter 
with Microprocessor Interface 



Description 

The HI-574A is a complete 12-bit Analog-to-Digital Converter, 
including a +10V reference, clock, three-state outputs and a 
digital interface for microprocessor control. Successive 
approximation conversion is performed by two monolithic dice 
housed in a 28 pin package. The bipolar analog die feature 
the Harris Dielectric Isolation process, which provides 
enhanced AC performance and freedom from latch-up. 

Custom design of each IC (bipolar analog and CMOS digital) 
has yielded improved performance over existing versions of 
this converter. The voltage comparator features high PSRR 
plus a high speed current-mode latch, and provides precise 
decisions down to 0.1 LSB of input overdrive. More than 2X 
reduction in noise has been achieved by using current 
instead of voltage for transmission of all signals between the 
analog and digital IC's. Also, the clock oscillator is current 
controlled for excellent stability over temperature. The oscil- 
lator is trimmed for a nominal conversion time of 20 ±1us. 

The HI-574A offers standard unipolar and bipolar input 
ranges, laser trimmed for specified linearity, gain and offset 
accuracy. The buried zener reference circuit is trimmed for 
minimum temperature coefficient. 

Power requirements are +5V and ±12V to ±15V, with typical 
dissipation of 385m W at ±12V. For MIL-STD-883 compliant 
parts, request the HI-574A/883 data sheet. 



Pinout 



PLASTIC AND SIDEBRAZE DIP 

TOP VIEW 



+5V SUPPLY, Vlqqk; |T 
DATA MODE SEL, 12* [T 

CHIPSEL.CS [T 

BYTE ADDR/SHORT rT 
CYCLE, Aq LI 

READ/CONVERT, R/C fT 
CHIP ENABLE, CE [T 
+12V/+15V SUPPLY, V cc [T 
+10V REF, REF OUT [T 

ANALOG rS - 
*ON, AC LI 

EWPUT Qo 

-12W-15V SUPPLY, V E [7f 

BIPOLAR OFFSET T7; 

BIP OFF Ul 

10V INPUT [13 
20V INPUT 



28] STATUS, STS 
27] DB11, 
26] DB10 
25] DBS 
24] DBS 
23] DB7 
22] DB6 
2l]DB5 
20]DB4 
l5]DB3 
l5]oB2 

it]dbi 

16]DB0,L 
15] DIG COMMON, DC 



DIGITAL 
)> DATA 
OUTPUTS 



Ordering Information 



PART 
NUMBER 


INL 


TEMP. 
RANGE 


PACKAGE 


HI3-574AJN-5 


+1.0LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Plastic DIP 


HI3-574AKN-5 


±0.5LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Plastic DIP 


HI1-574AJD-5 


+1 .0LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-574AKD-S 


±0.5LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-574ALD-5 


±0.5LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-574ASD-2 


±1.0LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-574ATD-2 


±0.5LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-S74AUD-2 


±0.5LSB 


-SS°Cto+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-574ASD/8B3 


±1.0LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-574ATD/883 


+0.5LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-574AUD/883 


±0.5LSB 


-55°C1o+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI4-574ASE/883 


±1.0LSB 


-55°CIO+125°C 


44 Pin Ceramic LCC 


HI4-574ATE/883 


±0.5LSB 


-55°C to +125°C 


44 Pin Ceramic LCC 


HI4-574AUB883 


±0.5LSB 


-55 Cto+125 C 


44 Pin Ceramic LCC 



CAUTION: These devices are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. Users should follow proper I C. Handling Procedures. 
Copyright © Harris Corporation 1992 



File Number 3096.1 



HI-574A 



Functional Block Diagram 



BIT OUTPUTS 
A 



MSB LSB 
009990090009 



12/8 o- 
CS o- 
Ao«- 

R/C o- 
CE o- 



Vhef"n o- 

Vref OUT 0- 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 



NIBBLE* A 


NIBBLE* B 


NIBBLE* C 


THREE-STATE BUFFERS AND CONTROL 







OSCILLATOR 



POWER-UP RESET 



cue 



] "^12MTSp 



SAR 



DIGITAL CHIP 



ANALOG CHIP 



12 BITS 



STROBE 



+10V 
REF. 





DAC 



^ 5K> iok : 



6 

ANALOG 



5k: 




11 y. 



BIP. 20V 10V 
OFF INPUT INPUT 



-o Vlogic 



DIGITAL 
' COMMON 



-o STS 



-o v CC 

-o V EE 



* "Nibble" is a 4 bit digital word 



Specifications HI-574A 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 

Supply Voltage 

V cc to Digital Common OV to +16.5V 

V EE to Digital Common OV to -16.5V 

v logic ,0 Digital Common OV to +7V 

Analog Common to Digital Common ±1V 

Control Inputs 

(CE, CS, Aq, 12/8, R/C) to Digital Common . . . .-0.5V to V LOG ic+0.5V 
Analog Inputs 

(REFIN, BIPOFF, 10VIN) to Analog Common ±16.5V 

20VIN to Analog Common ±24V 

REFOUT Indefinite short to Common, momentary short to Vcc 

Operating Temperature Range 

HI3-574AxN-5, HI1-574AxD-5 0°C to +75°C 

HI1-574AXD-2 -55°C to +125°C 

Junction Temperature 

HI3-574AXN-5 +150°C 

HI1-574AXD-2, HI1-574AXD-5 +175°C 

Storage Temperature Range 

HI3-574AxN-5 -40°C < T A < +85°C 

HI1-574AxD-2, HI1-574AxD-5 -65°C < T A < +1 50°C 

Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10s) 300°C 

CAUTION: Slresses above those listed in 'Absolute Maximum Ratings" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress 
of the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 



Thermal Information 

Thermal Resistance 6j. 6^ 

HI3-574AxN-5 75°C/W 

HI1-574AXD-2, HI1-574AXD-5 48°C/W 15°CAV 

Power Dissipation at 75°C (Note 1) 

HI3-574AXN-5 1000mW 

HI1-574AXD-2, HI1-574AxD-5 2083mW 

Power Dissipation Derating Factor Above +75°C 

HI3-574AXN-5 13.3mW/°C 

HI1-574AXD-2, HI1-574AxD-5 20.8mW/°C 

Transistor Count 1117 



NOTE: 

1 . Dissipation rating assumes device is mounted with all leads sol- 
dered to printed circuit board. 



rating and operation 



DC and Transfer Accuracy Specifications Typical at +25°c with v cc = +15V or +12V, v LOGIC = +5V, v EE = -15V or -12V, 

Unless Otherwise Specified 





TEMPERATURE RANGE 

-5 (0°C to +75°C) 




PARAMETERS 


HI-574AJ 


HI-574AK 


HI-574AL 


UNITS 


Resolution (max) 


12 


12 


12 


Bits 


Linearity Error 
+25°C (Max) 
0°C to +75°C (Max) 


±1 
±1 


±1/2 
±1/2 


±1/2 
±1/2 


LSB 
LSB 


Differential Linearity Error 

+25°C (Max resolution for which no missing codes is guaranteed) 

+25°C 


±1 
12 
11 


±1 
12 
12 


±1/2 
12 
12 


LSB 
Bits 
Bits 


Unipolar Offset (max) 
Adjustable to Zero 


±2 


±1.5 


±1 


LSB 


Bipolar Offset (max) 

V| N = OV (Adjustable to Zero) 
V IN = -10V 


±4 
±0.15 


±4 
±0.1 


±3 
±0.1 


LSB 
% of F.S. 


Full Scale Calibration Error 

+25°C (Max), with fixed 50£2 resistor from REF OUT to REF IN 

(Adjustable to Zero) 
t min 10 t max ( No adjustment at +25°C) 
t min 10 t max (With adjustment to zero +25°C) 


±0.25 

±0.475 
±0.22 


±0.25 

±0.375 
0.12 


±0.15 

±0.20 
±0.05 


% of F.S. 

% Of F.S. 
% of F.S. 


Temperature Coefficients 

Guaranteed max change, T M , N to T MAX (Using internal reference) 
Unipolar Offset 
Bipolar Offset 
Full Scale Calibration 


±2(10) 
±2(10) 
±9 (45) 


±1(5) 
±1 (5) 
±2(10) 


±1(5) 
±1 (5) 
±2(10) 


LSB (pprrVC) 
LSB (ppm/°C) 
LSB (ppm/°C) 


Power Supply Rejection 

Max change in Full Scale Calibration 

+13.5V < V cc < +16.5V or +1 1 .4V < V cc < +12.6V 

+4.5V < V LOG ic < +5.5V 

-16.5V < V EE < -13.5V or -12.6V < V EE < -1 1.4V 


±2 
±1/2 
±2 


±1 
±1/2 
±1 


±1 
±1/2 
±1 


LSB 
LSB 
LSB 



1-19 



Specifications HI-574A 



DC and Transfer Accuracy Specifications Typical at +25°c with v cc = +15V or +12V, v LOG , c = +5V, v EE = -15V or -12V, 

Unless Otherwise Specified (Continued) 






TEMPERATURE RANGE 
-5 (0°C to +75°C) 








PARAMETERS 


HI-574AJ | 


HI-574AK | 


HI-574AL 


UNITS 






Analog Inputs 
Input Ranges 
Bipolar 


-5 to +5 

- 1 U lO + 1 u 


V 
V 






Unipolar 


0to+10 
to +20 


V 
V 






Input Impedance 
10V Span 
20V Span 


5K, ±25% 
10K, +25% 


n 







Power Supplies 

Operating Voltage Range 

V lOGIC 

Vcc 

Vee 


+4.5 to +5.5 
+11.410+16.5 
-11.4 to -16.5 


V 
V 
V 






Operating Current 

'logic 

Ice +15V Supply 
l EE -15V Supply 


7Typ, 15 Max 
11 Typ, 15 Max 
21 Typ, 28 Max 


mA 
mA 
mA 






Power Dissipation 
±15V, +15V 
±12V, +5V 


515 Typ, 720 Max 
385 Typ 


mW 
mW 






Internal Reference Voltage 
T MIN 1° T MAX 

Output current (Note 1 ), available for external loads (External load 
should not change during conversion). 


+10.00 ±0.05 Max 
2.0 Max 


Volts 
mA 




NOTE: 

1. When supplying an external load (not including the ADC) and operating on +12V supplies, a buffer amplifier must be 
Reference Output. 


provided for the 


DC and Transfer Accuracy Specifications Typical at +25°c with v cc = +15V or +12V, v LOG | C = +5V, v 

Unless Otherwise Specified 


EE = -15V or -12V, 






TEMPERATURE RANGE 
-2(+55°Cto+125°C) 








PARAMETERS 


HI-574AS 


HI-574AT 


HI-574AU 


UNITS 






Resolution (max) 


12 


12 


12 


Bits 






Linearity Error 
+25°C (Max) 
0°C to +75°C (Max) 


i+ i+ 


±1/2 
±1 


±1/2 
±1 


LSB 
LSB 






Differential Linearity Error 

+25°C (Max resolution for which no missing codes is guaranteed) 
+25°C 

T MIN 1° T MAX 


±1 
12 
11 


±1 
12 
12 


±1/2 
12 
12 


LSB 
Bits 
Bits 






Unipolar Offset (max) 
Adjustable to Zero 


±2 


±1.5 


±1 


LSB 






Bipolar Offset (max) 

V, N = 0V (Adjustable to Zero) 
V, N = -10V 


±4 
±0.15 


±4 

±0.1 


±3 
±0.1 


LSB 
% of F.S. 






Full Scale Calibration Error 

+25°C (Max), with fixed 50Q resistor from REF OUT to REF IN 

(Adjustable to Zero) 
t min t0 t max ( No adjustment at +25°C) 
t min 'o T MAX (With adjustment to zero +25°C) 


±0.25 

±0.75 
+0.50 


±0.25 

±0.50 
0.25 


±0.15 

±0.275 
±0.125 


% of F.S. 

% of F.S. 
% of F.S. 















1-20 



Specifications HI-574A 



DC and Transfer Accuracy Specifications Typical at +25°c with v cc = +15V or +12V, v LOG i C = +5V, v EE = -15V or -12V, 

Unless Otherwise Specified (Continued) 





TEMPERATURE RANGE 

-2(+55°CtO+125 <, C) 




PARAMETERS 


HI-574AS 


HI-574AT 


HI-574AU 


UNITS 


Temperature Coefficients 

Guaranteed max change, T M!N to T MAX (Using internal reference) 
Unipolar Offset 
Bipolar Offset 
Full Scale Calibration 


±2 (5) 
±2(5) 
±20 (50) 


±1 (2.5) 
±2(5) 
±10 (25) 


±1 (2.5) 
±1 (2.5) 
±5 (12.5) 


LSB (ppnV°C) 
LSB (ppnV°C) 
LSB (ppnVC) 


Power Supply Rejection 

MaX Llldliyo 111 run OOdltJ OdIIUIdilON 

+13.5V < V cc < +16.5V or +1 1.4V < V cc < +12.6V 
44.5V < V L0GIC < +5.5V 

-16.5V < V EE < -13.5V or -12.6V < V EE < -11.4V 


±2 
±1/2 
±2 


±1 
±1/2 
±1 


±1 

±1/2 
+1 


LSB 
LSB 
LSB 


Analog Inputs 
Input Ranges 
Bipolar 


-5 to +5 
-10 to +10 


V 
V 


Unipolar 


to +10 
to +20 


V 
V 


llipui IliipeudllUfc; 

10V Span 
20V Span 


5kn, +25% 
10kn, +25% 


O 

n 


Power Supplies 

Onpratinn VnltanA Pannp 
vjpciidLiny vuiidyu ndiiye 

V LOGIC 

Vcc 
Vee 


+4.5 to +5.5 
+11.4 to +16.5 
-11.4 to -16.5 


V 
V 
V 


Operating Current 
'logic 

l cc +15V Supply 
l EE -15V Supply 


7 Typ, 1 5 Max 
11 Typ, 15 Max 
21 Typ, 28 Max 


mA 
mA 
mA 


Power Dissipation 
±15V, +15V 
±12V, +5V 


515 Typ, 720 Max 
385 Typ 


mW 
mW 


Internal Reference Voltage 

T MIN ,0 T MAX 

Output current available for external loads (External load should not 
change during conversion). 


+10.00 ±0.05 Max 
2.0 Max 


Volts 
mA 



Digital Characteristics (Note 1) All Models, Over Full Temperature Range 



PARAMETERS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


Logic Inputs (CE, CS, R/C, AO, 12/8) (Note 2) 








Logic "1" 


+2.4V 




+5.5V 


Logic "0" 


-0.5V 




+0.8V 


Current 


-5uA 


±0.1 uA 


+5uA 


Capacitance 




5pF 




Logic Outputs (DB1 1 -DB0, STS) 








Logic "0"(I SINK - 1.6mA) 






+0.4V 


Logic T (Isource " 500uA) 


+2.4V 






Leakage (High Z State, DB1 1-DB0 Only) 


-5uA 


+0.1 uA 


+5uA 


Capacitance 




5pF 





NOTES: 



1. See "HI-574A Timing Specifications" for a detailed listing of digital timing parameters. 

2. Although this guaranteed threshold is higher than standard TTL (+2.0V), bus loading is much less, i.e., typical input current is only 0.25% 
of a TTL load. 



1-21 



Specifications HI-574A 



Timing Specifications +25°C, Unless Otherwise Specified 



SYMBOL 


PARAMETER 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


UNITS 


CONVERT MODE 


tosc 


STS Delay from CE 


. 




200 


ns 


•hec 


CE Pulse Width 


50 






ns 


•ssc 


CS to CE Setup 


50 




- 


ns 


'hsc 


CS Low During CE High 


50 






ns 


'SRC 


R/C to CE Setup 


50 






ns 


•hrc 


R/C Low During CE High 


50 






ns 


•sac 


Aq to CE Setup 









ns 


<HAC 


Aq Valid During CE High 


50 






ns 


tc 


Conversion Time 


1 2 Bit Cycle Ty in to T^^x 


15 


20 


25 


us 






8 Bit Cycle T^^ to T^ax 


10 


13 


17 


us 


READ MODE 


'do 


Access Time from CE 




75 


150 


ns 


*HD 


Data Valid After CE Low 


25 






ns 


tHL 


Output Float Delay 




100 


150 


ns 


•sSR 


CS to CE Setup 


50 






ns 


•SHR 


R/C to CE Setup 









ns 


l SAR 


Aq to CE Setup 


50 






ns 


tHSR 


CS Valid After CE Low 









ns 


'hrr 


R/C High After CE Low 









ns 


•har 


Aq Valid After CE Low 


50 






ns 


•hs 


STS Delay After Data Valid 


300 




1200 


ns 



NOTE: 



1. Time is measured from 50% level of digital transitions. Tested with a 50pF and 3kn load. 



Definitions of Specifications 

Linearity Error 

Linearity error refers to the deviation of each individual code 
from a line drawn from "zero" through "full scale". The point 
used as "zero" occurs V 2 LSB (1 .22mV for 1 0V span) before the 
first code transition (all zeros to only the LSB "on"). "Full scale" 
is defined as a level 1 1 / 2 LSB beyond the last code transition (to 
all ones). The deviation of a code from the true straight line is 
measured from the middle of each particular code. 

The HI-574AK, AL, AT, and AU grades are guaranteed for 
maximum nonlinearity of ± 1 / 2 LSB. For these grades, this 
means that an analog value which falls exactly in the center 
of a given code width will result in the correct digital output 
code. Values nearer the upper or lower transition of the code 
width may produce the next upper or lower digital output 
code. The HI-574AJ and AS grades are guaranteed to 
±1LSB max error. For these grades, an analog value which 
falls within a given code width will result in either the correct 
code for that region or either adjacent one. 

Note that the linearity error is not user-adjustable. 

Differential Linearity Error (No Missing Codes) 

A specification which guarantees no missing codes requires 
that every code combination appear in a monotonic increasing 



sequence as the analog input level is increased. Thus every 
code must have a finite width. For the HI-574AK, AL, AT, and 
AU grades, which guarantee no missing codes to 12-bit resolu- 
tion, all 4096 codes must be present over the entire operating 
temperature ranges. The HI-574AJ and AS grades guarantee 
no missing codes to 11 -bit resolution over temperature; this 
means that all code combinations of the upper 11 bits must be 
present; in practice very few of the 12-bit codes are missing. 

Unipolar Offset 

The first transition should occur at a level V 2 LSB above ana- 
log common. Unipolar offset is defined as the deviation of 
the actual transition from that point. This offset can be 
adjusted as discussed on the following pages. The unipolar 
offset temperature coefficient specifies the maximum 
change of the transition point over temperature, with or with- 
out external adjustment. 

Bipolar Offset 

Similarly, in the bipolar mode, the major carry transition 
(0111 1111 1111 to 1000 0000 0000) should occur for an 
analog value V 2 LSB below analog common. The bipolar off- 
set error and temperature coefficient specify the initial devia- 
tion and maximum change in the error over temperature. 



1-22 



HI-574A 



Full Scale Calibration Error 

The last transition (from 1111 1111 1110 to 1111 1111 
1111) should occur for an analog value 1 1 / 2 LSB below the 
nominal full scale (9.9963V for 10.000V full scale). The full 
scale calibration error is the deviation of the actual level at 
the last transition from the ideal level. This error, which is 
typically 0.05 to 0.1% of full scale, can be trimmed out as 
shown in Figures 1 and 2. The full scale calibration error 
over temperature is given with and without the initial error 
trimmed out. The temperature coefficients for each grade 
indicate the maximum change in the full scale gain from the 
initial value using the internal 10V reference. 




-1SV 



100Q 

r-^VW 

v4 0TO+10V 
ANALOG ° 



INPUTS , 



TO +20 V 



212/8 


STS28 


3CS 


HIGH BITS 




24-27 


* *0 MIDDLE BITS 




20-23 


5R/C 






LOW BITS 


6 CE 


16-18 


10 REF IN 




8 REF OUT 




12 BIP OFF 


+5V1 


13 10V, N 


+15V7 


14 20V W " 


-15V 11 


8 ANA COM 


DIG COM 1 5 



5 



"Whan driving the 20V (pin 14) input, minimize capacitance on pin 13. 
FIGURE 1. UNIPOLAR CONNECTIONS 

Temperature Coefficients 

The temperature coefficients for full-scale calibration, unipo- 
lar offset, and bipolar offset specify the maximum change 
from the initial (+25°C) value to the value at T M!N or T MAX . 

Power Supply Rejection 

The standard specifications for the HI-574A assume use of 
+5.00 and ±15.00 or ±12.00 volt supplies. The only effect of 
power supply error on the performance of the device will be 
a small change in the full scale calibration. This will result in 
a linear change in all lower order codes. The specifications 
show the maximum change in calibration from the initial 
value with the supplies at the various limits. 

Code Width 

A fundamental quantity for A/D converter specifications is the 
code width. This is defined as the range of analog input values 
for which a given digital output code will occur. The nominal value 
of a code width is equivalent to 1 least significant bit (LSB) of the 
full scale range or 2.44mV out of 10V for a 12-bit ADC. 



GAIN 



ioon 



±sv 

ANALOG °" 
INPUTS _ 



OFFSET 



±10V 



2 12/8 

3 S3 


STS28 
HIGH BITS 
24-27 


4Aq | 

5 Rye 
ecE 


MIDDLE BITS 

20-23 

LOW BITS 
18-19 


10 REF IN 




8 REF OUT 




12 BIP OFF 


+5V 1 


13 10 V, N 


+15V7 


14 20V IN * 


-15V 11 


9 ANA COM 


DIG COM 15 



5] 



■When driving the 20V (pin 14) input, minimize capacitance on pin 13. 
FIGURE 2. BIPOLAR CONNECTIONS 

Quantization Uncertainty 

Analog-to-digital converters exhibit an inherent quantization 
uncertainty of ±V 2 LSB. This uncertainty is a fundamental 
characteristic of the quantization process and cannot be 
reduced for a converter of given resolution. 

Left-justified Data 

The data format used in the HI-574A is left-justified. This 
means that the data represents the analog input as a frac- 
tion of full-scale, ranging from to . This implies a 
binary point to the left of the MSB. 

Applying the HI-574A 

For each application of this converter, the ground connec- 
tions, power supply bypassing, analog signal source, digital 
timing and signal routing on the circuit board must be opti- 
mized to assure maximum performance. These areas are 
reviewed in the following sections, along with basic operating 
modes and calibration requirements. 

PHYSICAL MOUNTING AND LAYOUT CONSIDERATIONS 

Layout 

Unwanted, parasitic circuit components, (L, R, and C) can 
make 12 bit accuracy impossible, even with a perfect A/D 
converter. The best policy is to eliminate or minimize these 
parasitics through proper circuit layout, rather than try to 
quantify their effects. 

The recommended construction is a double-sided printed 
circuit board with a ground plane on the component side. 
Other techniques, such as wire-wrapping or point-to-point 
wiring on vectorboard, will have an unpredictable effect on 
accuracy. 



1-23 



HI-574A 



In general, sensitive analog signals should be routed 
between ground traces and kept well away from digital lines. 
If analog and digital lines must cross, they should do so at 
right angles. 

Power Supplies 

Supply voltages to the HI-574A (+15V, -15V and +5V) must 
be "quiet" and well regulated. Voltage spikes on these lines 
can affect the converter's accuracy, causing several LSB's to 
flicker when a constant input is applied. Digital noise and 
spikes from a switching power supply are especially trouble- 
some. If switching supplies must be used, outputs should be 
carefully filtered to assure "quiet" DC voltage at the con- 
verter terminals. 

Further, a bypass capacitor pair on each supply voltage ter- 
minal is necessary to counter the effect of variations in sup- 
ply current. Connect one pair from pin 1 to 15 (V L ogic 
supply), one from pin 11 to 9 (V cc to Analog Common) and 
one from pin 11 to 9 (V E g to Analog Common). For each 
capacitor pair, a 10uF tantalum type in parallel with a 0.1(iF 
ceramic type is recommended. 

Ground Connections 

The typical HI-574A ground currents are 5.5mADC into pin 9 
(Analog Common) and 7m ADC out of pin 15 (Digital Com- 
mon. These pins should be tied together at the package to 
guarantee specified performance for the converter. In addi- 
tion, a wide PC trace should run directly from pin 9 to (usu- 
ally) 15V common, and from pin 15 to (usually) the +5V 
Logic Common. If the converter is located some distance 
from the system's "single point" ground, make only these 
connections to pins 9 and 15: Tie them together at the pack- 
age, and back to the system ground with a single path. This 
path should have low resistance since it will carry about 
1.5mA of DC current. (Code dependent currents flow in the 
v cc. v ee and v logic terminals, but not through the 
HI-574A's Analog Common or Digital Common). 

ANALOG SIGNAL SOURCE 

The device chosen to drive the HI-574A analog input will see a 
nominal load of 5K£1 (10V range) or 10kO (20V range). How- 
ever, the other end of these input resistors may change 
±400mV with each bit decision, creating abrupt changes in cur- 
rent at the analog input. Thus, the signal source must maintain 
its output voltage while furnishing these step changes in load 
current, which occur at 1 .6us intervals. This requires low output 
impedance and fast settling by the signal source. 

The output impedance of an op amp, for example, has an 
open loop value which, in a closed loop, is divided by the 
loop gain available at a frequency of interest. The amplifier 
should have acceptable loop gain at 600KHz for use with the 
HI-574A. To check whether the output properties of a signal 
source are suitable, monitor the 574A's input (pin 13 or 14) 
with an oscilloscope while a conversion is in progress. Each 
of the twelve disturbances should subside in one microsec- 
ond or less. (The comparator decision is made about 1.5us 
after each code change from the SAR). 

If the application calls for a Sample/Hold to precede the con- 
verter, it should be noted that not all Sample/Holds are com- 



patible with the HI-574A in the manner described above. 
These will require an additional wideband buffer amplifier to 
lower their output impedance. A simpler solution is to use the 
Harris HA-5320 Sample/Hold, which was designed for use 
with the HI-574A. 

RANGE CONNECTIONS AND CALIBRATION 
PROCEDURES 

The HI-574A is a "complete" A/D converter, meaning it is fully 
operational with addition of the power supply voltages, a Start 
Convert signal, and a few external components as shown in 
Figures 1 and 2. Nothing more is required for most applications. 

Whether controlled by a processor or operating in the stand- 
alone mode, the HI-574A offers four standard input ranges: 
0V to +10V, 0V to +20V ±5V and ±10V. The maximum errors 
for gain and offset are listed under Specifications. If required, 
however, these errors may be adjusted to zero as explained 
below. Power supply and ground connections have been dis- 
cussed in an earlier section. 

Unipolar Connections and Calibration 

Refer to Figure 1. The resistors shown* are for calibration of 
offset and gain. If this is not required, replace R2 with a 500, 
1% metal film resistor and remove the network on pin 12. 
Connect pin 12 to pin 9. Then, connect the analog signal to 
pin 1 3 for the OV to 1 0V range, or to pin 1 4 for the OV to 20V 
range. Inputs to +20V (5V over the power supply) are no 
problem - the converter operates normally. 

Calibration consists of adjusting the converter's most negative 
output to its ideal value (offset adjustment), then, adjusting the 
most positive output to its ideal value (gain adjustment). To 
understand the procedure, note that in principle, one is setting 
the output with respect to the midpoint of an increment of ana- 
log input, as denoted by two adjacent code changes. Nominal 
value of an increment is one LSB. However, this approach is 
impractical because nothing "happens" at a midpoint to indi- 
cate that an adjustment is complete. Therefore, calibration is 
performed in terms of the observable code changes instead of 
the midpoint between code changes. 

For example, midpoint of the first LSB increment should be 
positioned at the origin, with an output code of all O's. To do 
this, apply an input of +V 2 LSB (+1.22mV for the 10V range; 
+2.44mV for the 20V range). Adjust the Offset potentiometer 
Rl until the first code transition flickers between 0000 0000 
0000 and 0000 0000 0001 . 

Next, perform a Gain Adjust at positive full scale. Again, the 
ideal input corresponding to the last code change is applied. 
This is 1 V 2 LSB's below the nominal full scale (+9.9963V for 
10V range; +19.9927V for 20V range). Adjust the Gain 
potentiometer R2 for flicker between codes 1111 1111 1110 
and 1111 1111 1111. 

Bipolar Connections and Calibration 

Refer to Figure 2. The gain and offset errors listed under 
Specifications may be adjusted to zero using potentiometers 
R1 and R2*. If this isn't required, either or both pots may be 
replaced by a 50Q, 1% metal film resistor. 



HI-574A 



Connect the Analog signal to pin 13 for a ±5V range, or to 
pin 14 for a ±10V range. Calibration of offset and gain is sim- 
ilar to that for the unipolar ranges as discussed above. First 
apply a DC input voltage V 2 LSB above negative full scale 
(i.e., -4.9988V for the ±5V range, or -9.9976V for the ±10V 
range). Adjust the offset potentiometer R1 for flicker between 
output codes 0000 0000 0000 and 0000 0000 0001 . Next, 
apply a DC input voltage i 1 / 2 LSB's below positive full scale 
(+4.9963V for ±5V range; +9.9927V for ±10V range). Adjust 
the Gain potentiometer R2 for flicker between codes 1111 
1111 1110and 1111 1111 1111. 

"The 100Q potentiometer R2 provides Gain Adjust for the 10V and 
20V ranges. In some applications, a full scale of 10.24V (LSB 
equals 2.5mV) or 20.48V (LSB equals 5.0mV) is more convenient. 
For these, replace R2 with a 50ft 1% metal film resistor. Then, to 
provide Gain Adjust for the 10.24V range, add a 200(1 potentiometer 
in series with pin 13. For the 20.48V range, add a 500n potentiome- 
ter in series with pin 14. 

CONTROLLING THE HI-S74A 

The HI-574A includes logic for direct interface to most micro- 
processor systems. The processor may take full control of each 
conversion, or the converter may operate in the "stand-alone" 
mode, controlled only by the R/C input. Full control consists of 
selecting an 8 or 12 bit conversion cycle, initiating the conver- 
sion, and reading the output data when ready-choosing either 
12 bits at once or 8 followed by 4 in a left-justified format. The 
five control inputs are all TTL/CMOS-compatible: (12/8, CS, Aq, 
R/C and CE). Table 1 illustrates the use of these inputs in con- 
trolling the converter's operations. Also, a simplified schematic 
of the internal control logic is shown in Figure 3. 



"Stand-Alone Operation" 

The simptest_ control interface calls for a singe control line con- 
nected to R/C. Also, CE and 12/8 are wired high, CS and Aq are 
wired low, and the output data appears in words of 12 bits each. 

The R/C signal may have any duty cycle within (and includ- 
ing) the extremes shown in Figures 4 and 5. In general, data 
may be read when R/C is high unless STS is also high, indi- 
cating a conversion is in progress. Timing parameters partic- 
ular to this mode of operation are listed below under "Stand- 
Alone Mode Timing". 



STAND-ALONE MODE TIMING 



SYMBOL 


PARAMETER 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


UNITS 


•hrl 


Low R/C Pulse Width 


50 






ns 


tos 


STS Delay from R/C 






200 


ns 


•hop 


Data Valid after R/C Low 


25 






ns 


•hs 


STS Delay after Data Valid 


300 




1200 


ns 


tflRH 


High R/C Pulse Width 


150 






ns 


tDDR 


Data Access Time 






150 


ns 



Time is measured from 50% level of digital transitions. Tested with a 
50pF and 3k£l load. 



Conversion Length 

A Convert Start transition (see Table 1 ) latches the state of 
Ao, which determines whether the conversion continues for 
12 bits (Aq low) or stops with 8 bits (Aq high). If all 12 bits 
are read following an 8 bit conversion, the three LSB's will 




EOC13 

FIGURE 3. HI-574A CONTROL LOGIC 



1-25 



HI-574A 



tHRL 



STS 



DB11-DB0 




FIGURE 4. LOW PULSE FOR R/C OUTPUTS ENABLED AFTER CONVERSION 



R/C 



STS 



■dor 



<hdr 



DB11-DB0 HIGH-Z 



DATA V 



FIGURE 5. HIGH PULSE FOR R/C OUTPUTS ENABLED WHILE R/C HIGH, OTHERWISE HIGH-Z 



read ZERO and DB3 will read ONE. Aq is latched because it 
is also involved in enabling the output buffers (see "Reading 
the Output Data"). No other control inputs are latched. 

TABLE 1. TRUTH TABLE FOR HI-574A CONTROL INPUTS 



CE 


cs 


R/C 


12/8 


Ao 


OPERATION 


O 


X 


X 


X 


X 


None 


X 


1 


X 


X 


X 


None 


T 








X 





Initiate 12 bit conversion 


t 








X 


1 


Initiate 8 bit conversion 




i 





X 





Initiate 12 bit conversion 




4. 





X 


1 


Initiate 8 bit conversion 







1 


X 





Initiate 12 bit conversion 







I 


X 


1 


Initiate 8 bit conversion 







1 


1 


X 


Enable 12 bit Output 







1 








Enable 8 MSB's Only 







1 





1 


Enable 4 LSB's Plus 4 Trailing 
Zeroes 



Conversion Start 

A conversion may be initiated as shown in Table 1 by a logic 
transition on any of three inputs: CE, CS or R/C. The last of 
the three to reach the correct state starts the conversion, so 



one, two or all three may be dynamically controlled. The 
nominal delay from each is the same, and if necessary, all 
three may change state simultaneously. To assure that a 
particular input controls the start of conversion, the other two 
should be set up at least 50ns earlier, however. See the 
HI-574A Timing Specifications, Convert mode. 

This variety of HI-574A control modes allows a simple inter- 
face in most system applications. The Convert Start timing 
relationships are illustrated in Figure 6. 

The output signal STS indicates status of the converter by 
going high only while a conversion is in progress. While STS 
is high, the output buffers remain in a high impedance state 
and data cannot be read. Also, an additional Start Convert 
will not reset the converter or reinitiate a conversion while 
STS is high. (However, if Aq changes state after a conver- 
sion begins, an additional Start Convert signal will latch the 
new state of Aq, possibly causing a wrong cycle length (8 vs. 
12 bits) for that conversion). 

Reading the Output Data 

The output data buffers remain^ in a high impedance state 
unt il four conditions are met: R/C high, STS low, CE high and 
CS low. At that time, data lines become active according to 
the state of inputs 12/8 and Aq. Timing constraints are illus- 
trated in Figure 7. 



1-26 



HI-574A 



The 12/8 input will be tied high or low in most applications, 
though it is fully TTL/CMOS-compatible. With 12/8 high, all 
12 output lines become active simultaneously, for interface to 
a 12 or 16 bit data bus. The Aq input is ignored. 

With 12/8 low, the output is organized in two 8 bit bytes, 
selected one at a time by Aq. This allows an 8 bit data bus to 
be connected as shown in Figure 8. Aq is usually tied to the 
least significant bit of the address bus, for storing the 
HI-574A output in two consecutive memory locations. (With 
Aq low, the 8 MSB's only are enabled. With Aq high, 4MSB's 
are disabled, bits 4 through 7 are forced to zero, and the 4 
LSB's are enabled). This two byte format is considered "left 
justified data", for which a decimal (or binary!) point is 
assumed to the left of byte 1 : 



BYTE 1 



BYTE 2 







MSB 



LSB 



Further, Aq may be toggled at any time without damage to 
the converter. Break-before-make action is guaranteed 
between the two data bytes, which assures that the outputs 
strapped together in Figure 8 will never be enabled at the 
same time. 

A read operation usually begins after the conversion is com- 
plete and STS is low. For earliest access to the data how- 
ever, the read should begin no later than (t DD + t H s) before 
STS goes low. See Figure 7. 



cs 
R/e 

Ao 

STS 
DB11-DB0 



•ssc- 



«SRC- 



*HRC • 



•sac 



'hac ■ 



*DSC 



<HEC 



J" 



-'hsc 



f 



HIGH IMPEDANCE 



CE- 



CS- 



"3. 



R/C 
Ao- 



jf 



STS- 



DB11-DB0 - 



3L 

I 

«SSH 'HSR— ► 



L. 



-<3RR 



tHS- 



L 



HIGH IMPEDANCE 



"L 



3E 



' DATA 
f~VAUD~ 



•hd 



tHL 



r 



FIGURE 7. READ CYCLE TIMING 




FIGURE 8. INTERFACE TO AN 8 BIT DATA BUS 



FIGURE 6. CONVERT START TIMING 



1-27 



SB 



SEMICONDUCTOR 



HI-674A 



July 1992 



12ns, Complete 12-Bit A/D Converter 
with Microprocessor Interface 



Features 

• Complete 12-Bit A/D Converter with Reference and 
Clock 

• Full 8-, 12- or 16-Bit Microprocessor Bus Interface 

• 150ns Bus Access Time 

• No Missing Codes Over Temperature 

• Minimal Setup Time for Control Signals 

• 15us Maximum Conversion Time 

• Low Noise, via Current-Mode Signal Transmission 
Between Chips 

• Byte Enable/Short Cycle (A Input) 

- Guaranteed Break-Before-Make Action, Eliminating 
Bus Contention During Read Operation. Latched by 
the Start Convert Input (To Set the Conversion Length) 

• Faster Version of the HI-574A 

• Same Pinout as the HI-574A 

• ±12V to ±15V Operation 

Applications 

• Military and Industrial Data Acquisition Systems 

• Electronic Test and Scientific Instrumentation 

• Process Control Systems 



Description 

The HI-674A is a complete 12-bit Analog-to-Digital Converter, 
including a +10V reference, clock, three-state outputs and a 
digital interface for microprocessor control. Successive 
approximation conversion is performed by two monolithic dice 
housed in a 28 pin package. The bipolar analog die features 
the Harris Dielectric Isolation process, which provides 
enhanced AC performance and freedom from latch-up. 

Custom design of each IC (bipolar analog and CMOS digital) 
has yielded improved performance over existing versions of 
this converter. The voltage comparator features high PSRR 
plus a high speed current-mode latch, and provides precise 
decisions down to 0.1 LSB of input overdrive. More than 2X 
reduction in noise has been achieved by using current 
instead of voltage for transmission of all signals between the 
analog and digital IC's. Also, the clock oscillator is current 
controlled for excellent stability over temperature. The oscil- 
lator is trimmed for a nominal conversion time of 12 ±1ns. 

The HI-674A offers standard unipolar and bipolar input 
ranges, laser trimmed for specified linearity, gain and offset 
accuracy. The buried zener reference circuit is trimmed for 
minimum temperature coefficient. 

Power requirements are +5V and ±12V to ±15V, with typical 
dissipation of 385mW at ±12V. For MIL-STD-883 compliant 
parts, request the HI-674A/883 data sheet. 



Pinout 



PLASTIC AND SIDEBRAZE DIP 

TOP VIEW 



+5V SUPPLY, V LOOIC [T 
DATA MODE SEL, 12/8 [T 

CHIPSEL.CS [T 

BYTE ADDR/SHORT rr 
CYCLE, Ao LI 

READ/CONVERT, RiC |T 
CHIP ENABLE, CE [T 
+12V/+15V SUPPLY, V cc [7 
+10VREF,REFOUT [T 

ANALOG rT 
COMMON, AC LI 

REFERENCE INPUT [jo 

-12V/-15V SUPPLY, V EE Q7 

BIPOLAR OFFSET rrv 
BIP OFF Lli 

10V INPUT [13 
20V INPUT [14 



28] STATUS, STS 
2jJ DB11.MSI 
26] DB10 
25] DBS 
24] DBS 
23]DB7 
22] DBS 
21] DB5 
20]DB4 
1»] DB3 
18] DB2 
17]DB1 
16] DBO, LSB 
15] DIG COMMON, DC 



DIGITAL 
J> DATA 
OUTPUTS 



Ordering Information 



PART 




TEMP. 




NUMBER 


INL 


RANGE 


PACKAGE 


HI3-674AJN-5 


±1.0LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Plastic DIP 


HI3-674AKN-5 


+0.5LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Plastic DIP 


HI1-674AJD-5 


+1.0LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-674AKD-5 


10.5LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-674ALD-5 


±0.5LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-674ASD-2 


±1.0LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-674ATD-2 


±0.5LSB 


■55°Cto+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-674AUD-2 


+0.5LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-674ASD/883 


±1.0LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-674ATD/883 


±0.5LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-674AUD/883 


±0.5LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI4-674ASE/883 


±1.0LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


44 Pin Ceramic LCC 


HI4-674ATE/883 


±0.5LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


44 Pin Ceramic LCC 


HI4-674AUE/883 


±0.5LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


44 Pin Ceramic LCC 



CAUTION: These devices are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. Users should follow proper I.e. Handling Procedures. 
Copyright © Harris Corporation 1992 1 2g 



File Number 3097.1 



HI-674A 



Functional Block Diagram 



BIT OUTPUTS 
A 



LSB 



Aq O- 



CE o- 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 



1 M 111 1 1 1 1 M 



NIBBLE* A 


NIBBLE* B 


NIBBLE* C 


THREE-STATE BUFFERS AND CONTROL 



POWER-UP RESET 



OSCILLATOR 



] O 

J 12 BITS 



SAR 



DIGITAL CHIP 



VrefIN o- 



Vr EF OUT o- 



ANALOG CHIP 



STROBE 



+10V 
REF. 



DAC 



\ ^ 



5k ; 




7i H 



? 2 5 



6 6 6 

BIP. 20V 10V 
OFF INPUT INPUT 



-o V LO oic 



DIGITAL 
COMMON 



-o STS 



-»V CC 
-o V EE 



' "Nibble* is a 4 bit digital word 



1-29 



Specifications HI-674A 



Thermal Information 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 

Supply Voltage 

V cc to Digital Common OV to +16.5V 

V EE to Digital Common OV to -16.5V 

v logic ,0 Digital Common OV to +7V 

Analog Common to Digital Common ±1V 

Control Inputs 

(CE, CS, Aq, 12/8, R/C) to Digital Common . . . .-0.5V to V LOGlc +0.5V 
Analog Inputs 

(REFIN, BIPOFF, 10VIN) to Analog Common ±16.5V 

20VIN to Analog Common ±24V 

REFOUT Indefinite short to Common, momentary short to Vcc 

Operating Temperature Range 

HI3-674AxN-5, HI1-674AxD-5 0°C to +75°C 

HI1-674AXD-2 -55°C to +1 25°C 

Junction Temperature 

HI3-674AxN-5 +150°C 

HI1-674AxD-2, HI1-674AxD-5 +175°C 

Storage Temperature Range 

HI3-674AXN-5 -40°C < T A < +85°C 

HI1-674AxD-2, HI1-674AxD-5 -65°C < T A < +150°C 

Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10s) 300°C 

CAUTION: Stresses above those listed in -Absolute Maximum Ratings' may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress only rating and operation 
of the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational sections ol this specification is not implied. 



HI3-674AXN-5 75°C/W 

HI1-674AXD-2, HI1-674AXD-5 48°C/W 15°C/W 

Power Dissipation at 75°C (Note 1 ) 

HI3-674AxN-5 1000mW 

HI1-674AXD-2, HI1-674AxD-5 2083mW 

Power Dissipation Derating Factor Above +75°C 

HI3-674AxN-5 13.3mW7°C 

HI1-674AXD-2, HM-674AxD-5 20.8mW/°C 

Transistor Count 1117 



NOTE: 

1. Dissipation rating assumes device is mounted with all leads sol- 
dered to printed circuit board. 



DC and Transfer Accuracy Specifications Typical at +25°c with v cc = +15V or +12V, v LOG , c = +5V, v EE : 

Unless Otherwise Specified 



-15V or -12V, 





TEMPERATURE RANGE 

-5 (0°C to +75°C) 




PARAMETERS 


HI-674AJ 


HI-674AK 


HI-674AL 


UNITS 


Resolution (max) 


12 




12 


Bits 


Linearity Error 
+25°C (Max) 
0°C to +75°C (Max) 


±1 
±1 


±1/2 
±1/2 


±1/2 
±1/2 


LSB 
LSB 


Differential Linearity Error 

+25°C (Max resolution for which no missing codes is guaranteed) 
+25°C 

T MIN 10 T MAX 


±1 
12 
11 


±1 
12 
12 


±1/2 
12 
12 


LSB 
Bits 
Bits 


Unipolar Offset (max) 
Adjustable to Zero 


±2 


±1.5 


±1 


LSB 


Bipolar Offset (max) 

V, N = OV (Adjustable to Zero) 
V PN = -10V 


±4 

±0.15 


±4 
±0.1 


±3 
±0.1 


LSB 

% of F.S. 


Full Scale Calibration Error 

+25°C (Max), with fixed 50C2 resistor from REF OUT to REF IN 

(Adjustable to Zero) 
t min to T MAX (No adjustment at +25°C) 
T M!N to T MAX (With adjustment to zero +25°C) 


±0.25 

±0.475 
±0.22 


±0.25 

±0.375 
0.12 


±0.15 

±0.20 
0.05 


% of F.S. 

% Of F.S. 
% of F.S. 


Temperature Coefficients 

Guaranteed max change, T M , N to T MAX (Using internal reference) 
Unipolar Offset 
Bipolar Offset 
Full Scale Calibration 


±2(10) 
±2(10) 
±9 (45) 


±1(5) 
±1(5) 
±2(10) 


±1 (5) 
±1 (5) 
±2(10) 


LSB (ppnV°C) 
LSB (pprrVC) 
LSB (ppm/°C) 


Power Supply Rejection 

Max change in Full Scale Calibration 

+1 3.5V < V cc < +1 6.5V or +1 1 .4V < V cc < +1 2.6V 

+4.5V < V L0G | C < +5.5V 

-16.5V < V EE < -13.5V or -12.6V < V EE < -11.4V 


±2 
±1/2 
±2 


±1 
±1/2 
±1 


±1 

±1/2 
±1 


LSB 
LSB 
LSB 



1-30 



Specifications HI-674A 



DC and Transfer Accuracy Specifications Typical at +25°c with v cc = +15V or +12V, v LOG | C = +sv, v EE = -15V or -12V, 

Unless Otherwise Specified (Continued) 






TEMPERATURE RANGE 

-5 (0°C to +75°C) 








PARAMETERS 


HI-674AJ 


HI-674AK 


HI-674AL 


UNITS 






Analog Inputs 
Input Ranges 
Bipolar 


-5 to +5 
-in tn 4.m 

- 1 v iu + 1 u 


V 
V 






Unipolar 


0to+10 
to +20 


V 
V 






Input Impedance 
10V Span 
20V Span 


5K, ±25% 
10K,±25% 


Q 
£1 






Power Supplies 

Onoratinn X/nltanp Rannp 
V LOGIC 

Vcc 

v EE 


+4.5 to +5.5 
+11.4 to +16.5 
-11.4 to -16.5 


V 
V 
V 






Operating Current 
'logic 

l oc +15V Supply 
l EE -15V Supply 


7Typ, 15 Max 
11 Typ, 15 Max 
21 Typ, 28 Max 


mA 
mA 
mA 






Power Dissipation 
±15V, +15V 
±12V, +5V 


51 5 Typ, 720 Max 
385 Typ 


mW 
mW 






Internal Reference Voltage 
t min to T MAX 

Output current, available for external loads (External load should not 
change during conversion). 


+10.00 ±0.05 Max 
2.0 Max 


Volts 
mA 




DC and Transfer Accuracy Specifications Typical at +25°c with v cc = +15V or +12V, v LOG | C - +5V, v EE = -isv or -12V, 

Unless Otherwise Specified 






TEMPERATURE RANGE 

-2(+55°Cto+125 C) 








PARAMETERS 


HI-674AS 


HI-674AT 


HI-674AU 


UNITS 






Resolution (max) 


12 


12 


12 


Bits 






Linearity Error 
+25°C (Max) 
0°C to +75°C (Max) 


H- H- 


±1/2 
±1 


±1/2 
±1 


LSB 
LSB 






Differential Linearity Error 

+25°C (Max resolution for which no missing codes is guaranteed) 

+25°C 

T MIN ,0 TmaX 


±1 

12 
11 


±1 
12 
12 


±1/2 
12 
12 


LSB 
Bits 
Bits 






Unipolar Offset (max) 
Adjustable to Zero 


±2 


±1.5 


±1 


LSB 






Bipolar Offset (max) 

V, N = 0V (Adjustable to Zero) 
V IN = -10V 


±4 
±0.15 


±4 
±0.1 


±3 
±0.1 


LSB 
% of F.S. 






Full Scale Calibration Error 

+25°C (Max), with fixed 50£2 resistor from REF OUT to REF IN 

(Adjustable to Zero) 
t min t0 t max ( No adjustment at +25°C) 
t min 'o t max ( Wi ' n adjustment to zero +25°C) 


±0.25 

±0.75 
±0.50 


±0.25 

±0.50 
0.25 


±0.15 

±0.275 
±0.125 


% Of F.S. 

% of F.S. 
% Of F.S. 















1-31 



Specifications HI-674A 



DC and Transfer Accuracy Specifications Typical at +25°c with v cc = +15V or +12V, 

Vlogic ■ + 5V, V EE = -15V or -12V, 

Unless Otherwise Specified (Continued) 





TEMPERATURE RANGE 

-2(+55 Cto+125 C) 




PARAMETERS 


HI-674AS 


HI-674AT 


HI-674AU 


UNITS 


Temperature Coefficients 

Guaranteed max change, T M | N to T MAX (Using internal reference) 
Unipolar Offset 
Bipolar Offset 
Full Scale Calibration 


±2(5) 
±2(5) 
±20(50) 


±1 (2.5) 
±2(5) 
±10(25) 


±1 (2.5) 
±1 (2.5) 
±5 (12.5) 


LSB (ppm/°C) 
LSB (ppnVC) 


Power Supply Rejection 

Max change in Full Scale Calibration 

+13.5V < V cc < +16.5V or +1 1.4V < V cc < +12.6V 

+4.5V < V LOG | C < +5.5V 

-16.5V < V EE < -13.5V or -12.6V < V EE < -11.4V 


±2 
±1/2 
±2 


±1 
±1/2 
±1 


±1 
±1/2 
±1 


LSB 
LSB 
LSB 


Analog Inputs 
Input Ranges 
Bipolar 


-5 to +5 
-10 to +10 


V 
V 


Unipolar 


to +10 
to +20 


V 
V 


Input Impedance 
10V Span 
20V Span 


5k£2, ±25% 
10W1, ±25% 


a 
a 


Power Supplies 

Operating Voltage Range 

V LOGIC 

Vcc 
Vee 


+4.5 to +5.5 
+11. 4 to +16.5 
-11.4 to -16.5 


V 
V 
V 


Operating Current 
'logic 

Ice +1 5V Supply 
l EE -15V Supply 


7Typ, 15 Max 
11 Typ, 15 Max 
21 Typ, 28 Max 


mA 
mA 
mA 


Power Dissipation 
±15V, +15V 
±12V, +5V 


515 Typ, 720 Max 
385 Typ 


mW 
mW 


Internal Reference Voltage 

T MIN t0 T MAX 

Output current available for external loads (External load should not 
change during conversion). 


+10.00 ±0.05 Max 
2.0 Max 


Volts 
mA 



Digital Characteristics (Note 1) All Models, Over Full Temperature Range 



PARAMETERS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


Logic Inputs (CE, CS, R/C, AO, 12/8) (Note 2) 








Logic "1" 


+2.4V 




+5.5V 


Logic "0" 


-0.5V 




+0.8V 


Current 


-5uA 


±0.1 uA 


+5uA 


Capacitance 




5pF 




Logic Outputs (DB1 1 -DB0, STS) 








Logic "0"(I S | NK - 1.6mA) 






+0.4V 


Logic "1" (Isource " 500uA) 


+2.4V 






Leakage (High Z State, DB1 1-DB0 Only) 


-5uA 


±0.1 uA 


+5uA 


Capacitance 




5pF 





NOTES: 



1 . See "HI-674A Timing Specifications" for a detailed listing of digital timing parameters. 

2. Although this guaranteed threshold is higher than standard TTL (+2.0V), bus loading is much less, i.e., typical input current is only 0.25% 
of a TTL load. 



Specifications HI-674A 



Timing Specifications +25°C, Unless Otherwise Specified 



SYMBOL 


PARAMETER 


MIN 


rvP 


MAX 


UNITS 


CONVERT MODE 


lose 


STS Delay from CE 






200 


ns 


'hEC 


CE Pulse Width 


50 






ns 




CS to CE Setup 


50 






ns 


l«sc 


CS Low During CE High 


50 






ns 


•sRC 


R/C to CE Setup 


50 






ns 


Ihrc 


R/C Low During CE High 


50 






ns 


'sac 


Ao to CE Setup 









ns 


'hac 


Aq Valid During CE High 


50 






ns 


tc 


Conversion Time 


12BitCycleT MIN toT M(U < 


9 


12 


15 


us 






8BitCycleT MlN toT MAX 


6 


8 


10 


us 


READ MODE 


•dd 


Access Time from CE 




75 


150 


ns 


<hd 


Data Valid After CE Low 


25 






ns 


Ihl 


Output Float Delay 




100 


150 


ns 


'sSR 


CS to CE Setup 


50 






ns 


'sRR 


R/C to CE Setup 









ns 


'SAR 


Aq to CE Setup 


50 






ns 


•hsr 


CS Valid After CE Low 









ns 


'hrr 


R/C High After CE Low 









ns 


•har 


Aq Valid After CE Low 


50 






ns 


tHS 


STS Delay After Data Valid 


25 




850 


ns 



NOTE: 

1 . Time is measured from 50% level of digital transitions. Tested with a 50pF and 3kH load. 



Definitions of Specifications 

Linearity Error 

Linearity error refers to the deviation of each individual code 
from a line drawn from "zero" through "full scale". The point 
used as "zero" occurs V 2 LSB ( 1 .22m V for 1 0V span) before the 
first code transition (all zeros to only the LSB "on"). "Full scale" 
is defined as a level 1 1 / 2 LSB beyond the last code transition (to 
all ones). The deviation of a code from the true straight line is 
measured from the middle of each particular code. 

The HI-674AK, AL, AT, and AU grades are guaranteed for 
maximum nonlinearity of ±V 2 LSB. For these grades, this 
means that an analog value which falls exactly in the center 
of a given code width will result in the correct digital output 
code. Values nearer the upper or lower transition of the code 
width may produce the next upper or lower digital output 
code. The HI-674AJ and AS grades are guaranteed to 
±1LSB max error. For these grades, an analog value which 
falls within a given code width will result in either the correct 
code for that region or either adjacent one. 

Note that the linearity error is not user-adjustable. 

Differential Linearity Error (No Missing Codes) 

A specification which guarantees no missing codes requires 
that every code combination appear in a monotonic increasing 



sequence as the analog input level is increased. Thus every 
code must have a finite width. For the HI-674AK, AL, AT, and 
AU grades, which guarantee no missing codes to 12-bit resolu- 
tion, all 4096 codes must be present over the entire operating 
temperafure ranges. The HI-674AJ and AS grades guarantee 
no missing codes to 11 -bit resolution over temperature; this 
means that all code combinations of the upper 11 bits must be 
present; in practice very few of the 12-bit codes are missing. 

Unipolar Offset 

The first transition should occur at a level V 2 LSB above ana- 
log common. Unipolar offset is defined as the deviation of 
the actual transition from that point. This offset can be 
adjusted as discussed on the following pages. The unipolar 
offset temperature coefficient specifies the maximum 
change of the transition point over temperature, with or with- 
out external adjustment. 

Bipolar Offset 

Similarly, in the bipolar mode, the major carry transition 
(0111 1111 1111 to 1000 0000 0000) should occur for an 
analog value V 2 LSB below analog common. The bipolar off- 
set error and temperature coefficient specify the initial devia- 
tion and maximum change in the error over temperature. 



1-33 



HI-674A 



Full Scale Calibration Error 

The last transition (from 1111 1111 1110 to 1111 1111 
1111) should occur for an analog value 1 1 / 2 LSB below the 
nominal full scale (9.9963V for 10.000V full scale). The full 
scale calibration error is the deviation of the actual level at 
the last transition from the ideal level. This error, which is 
typically 0.05 to 0.1% of full scale, can be trimmed out as 
shown in Figures 1 and 2. The full scale calibration error 
over temperature is given with and without the initial error 
trimmed out. The temperature coefficients for each grade 
indicate the maximum change in the full scale gain from the 
initial value using the internal 10V reference. 




2 12/8 


STS28 




HIGH BITS 


3CS 


24-27 




IIDOLE BITS 


5 R/C 


20-23 






LOW BITS 


SCE 


16-18 


10 REF IN 




8 REF OUT 




12 BIP OFF 


+SV1 


1310V|h 


+15V7 


14 20V m * 


-15V 11 


Q ANA rOU 


DIG COM 15 





•When driving the 20V (pin 14) input, minimize capacitance on pin 13. 



FIGURE 1. UNIPOLAR CONNECTIONS 



Temperature Coefficients 

The temperature coefficients for full-scale calibration, unipo- 
lar offset, and bipolar offset specify the maximum change 
from the initial (+25°C) value to the value at T M , N or T MAX . 

Power Supply Rejection 

The standard specifications for the HI-674A assume use of 
+5.00 and ±15.00 or ±12.00 volt supplies. The only effect of 
power supply error on the performance of the device will be 
a small change in the full scale calibration. This will result in 
a linear change in all lower order codes. The specifications 
show the maximum change in calibration from the initial 
value with the supplies at the various limits. 

Code Width 

A fundamental quantity for A/D converter specifications is the 
code width. This is defined as the range of analog input values 
for which a given digital output code will occur. The nominal value 
of a code width is equivalent to 1 least significant bit (LSB) of the 
full scale range or 2.44mV out of 10V for a 12-bit ADC. 



±10V 




1310V, N 
14 20V m * 

8 ANA COM DIG COM 15 



S O . m SANACOM DIG COM 15 — . 

z> v I I '-I 

•When driving the 20V (pin 14) input, minimize capacitance on pin 13. 
FIGURE 2. BIPOLAR CONNECTIONS 

Quantization Uncertainty 

Analog-to-digital converters exhibit an inherent quantization 
uncertainty of ± 1 / 2 LSB. This uncertainty is a fundamental 
characteristic of the quantization process and cannot be 
reduced for a converter of given resolution. 

Left-justified Data 

The data format used in the HI-674A is left-justified. This 
means that the data represents the analog input as a frac- 
tion of full-scale, ranging from to . This implies a 
binary point to the left of the MSB. 



Applying the HI-674A 

For each application of this converter, the ground connec- 
tions, power supply bypassing, analog signal source, digital 
timing and signal routing on the circuit board must be opti- 
mized to assure maximum performance. These areas are 
reviewed in the following sections, along with basic operating 
modes and calibration requirements. 

PHYSICAL MOUNTING AND LAYOUT CONSIDERATIONS 
Layout 

Unwanted, parasitic circuit components, (L, R, and C) can 
make 12 bit accuracy impossible, even with a perfect A/D 
converter. The best policy is to eliminate or minimize these 
parasitics through proper circuit layout, rather than try to 
quantify their effects. 

The recommended construction is a double-sided printed 
circuit board with a ground plane on the component side. 
Other techniques, such as wire-wrapping or point-to-point 
wiring on vectorboard, will have an unpredictable effect on 
accuracy. 



1-34 



HI-674A 



In general, sensitive analog signals should be routed 
between ground traces and kept well away from digital lines. 
If analog and digital lines must cross, they should do so at 
right angles. 

Power Supplies 

Supply voltages to the HI-674A (+15V, -15V and +5V) must 
be "quiet" and well regulated. Voltage spikes on these lines 
can affect the converter's accuracy, causing several LSB's to 
flicker when a constant input is applied. Digital noise and 
spikes from a switching power supply are especially trouble- 
some. If switching supplies must be used, outputs should be 
carefully filtered to assure "quiet" DC voltage at the con- 
verter terminals. 

Further, a bypass capacitor pair on each supply voltage ter- 
minal is necessary to counter the effect of variations in sup- 
ply current. Connect one pair from pin 1 to 15 (V L ogic 
supply), one from pin 11 to 9 (V cc to Analog Common) and 
one from pin 11 to 9 (V EE to Analog Common). For each 
capacitor pair, a 10nF tantalum type in parallel with a 0.1uF 
ceramic type is recommended. 

Ground Connections 

The typical HI-674A ground currents are 6m ADC into pin 9 
(Analog Common) and 3m ADC out of pin 15 (Digital Com- 
mon). These pins should be tied together at the package to 
guarantee specified performance for the converter. In addi- 
tion, a wide PC trace should run directly from pin 9 to (usu- 
ally) 15V common, and from pin 15 to (usually) the +5V 
Logic Common. If the converter is located some distance 
from the system's "single point" ground, make only these 
connections to pins 9 and 15: Tie them together at the pack- 
age, and back to the system ground with a single path. This 
path should have low resistance since it will carry about 3mA 
of DC current. (Code dependent currents flow in the V cc , 
V EE and V LOG | C terminals, but not through the HI-674A's 
Analog Common or Digital Common). 

ANALOG SIGNAL SOURCE 

The device chosen to drive the HI-674A analog input will see a 
nominal load of 5K£1 (10V range) or 10kn (20V range). How- 
ever, the other end of these input resistors may change 
±400mV with each bit decision, creating abrupt changes in cur- 
rent at the analog input. Thus, the signal source must maintain 
its output voltage while furnishing these step changes in load 
current, which occur at 950ns intervals. This requires low out- 
put impedance and fast settling by the signal source. 

The output impedance of an op amp, for example, has an 
open loop value which, in a closed loop, is divided by the 
loop gain available at a frequency of interest. The amplifier 
should have acceptable loop gain at 1 MHz for use with the 
HI-674A. To check whether the output properties of a signal 
source are suitable, monitor the 674A's input (pin 13 or 14) 
with an oscilloscope while a conversion is in progress. Each 
of the twelve disturbances should subside in one half micro- 
second or less. (The comparator decision is made about 
850ns after each code change from the SAR). 

If the application calls for a Sample/Hold to precede the con- 
verter, it should be noted that not all Sample/Holds are com- 



patible with the HI-674A in the manner described above. 
These will require an additional wideband buffer amplifier to 
lower their output impedance. A simpler solution is to use the 
Harris HA-5320 Sample/Hold, which was designed for use 
with the HI-674A. 

RANGE CONNECTIONS AND CALIBRATION 
PROCEDURES 

The HI-674A is a "complete" A/D converter, meaning it is fully 
operational with addition of the power supply voltages, a Start 
Convert signal, and a few external components as shown in 
Figures 1 and 2. Nothing more is required for most applications. 

Whether controlled by a processor or operating in the stand- 
alone mode, the HI-674A offers four standard input ranges: 
OV to +10V, OV to +20V, ±5V and ±10V. The maximum errors 
for gain and offset are listed under Specifications. If required, 
however, these errors may be adjusted to zero as explained 
below. Power supply and ground connections have been dis- 
cussed in an earlier section. 

Unipolar Connections and Calibration 

Refer to Figure 1. The resistors shown* are for calibration of 
offset and gain. If this is not required, replace R2 with a 50ft 
1% metal film resistor and remove the network on pin 12. 
Connect pin 12 to pin 9. Then, connect the analog signal to 
pin 13 for the OV to 10V range, or to pin 14 for the OV to 20V 
range. Inputs to +20V (5V over the power supply) are no 
problem - the converter operates normally. 

Calibration consists of adjusting the converter's most nega- 
tive output to its ideal value (offset adjustment), then, adjust- 
ing the most positive output to its ideal value (gain 
adjustment). To understand the procedure, note that in prin- 
ciple, one is setting the output with respect to the midpoint of 
an increment of analog input, as denoted by two adjacent 
code changes. Nominal value of an increment is one LSB. 
However, this approach is impractical because nothing "hap- 
pens" at a midpoint to indicate that an adjustment is com- 
plete. Therefore, calibration is performed in terms of the 
observable code changes instead of the midpoint between 
code changes. 

For example, midpoint of the first LSB increment should be 
positioned at the origin, with an output code of all O's. To do 
this, apply an input of +V 2 LSB (+1.22mV for the 10V range; 
+2.44mV for the 20V range). Adjust the Offset potentiometer 
Rl until the first code transition flickers between 0000 0000 
0000 and 0000 0000 0001 . 

Next, perform a Gain Adjust at positive full scale. Again, the 
ideal input corresponding to the last code change is applied. 
This is lV 2 LSB's below the nominal full scale (+9.9963V for 
10V range; +1 9.9927V for 20V range). Adjust the Gain 
potentiometer R2 for flicker between codes 1111 1111 1110 
and 1111 1111 1111. 

Bipolar Connections and Calibration 

Refer to Figure 2. The gain and offset errors listed under 
Specifications may be adjusted to zero using potentiometers 
R1 and R2*. If this isn't required, either or both pots may be 
replaced by a 50Q, 1% metal film resistor. 



1-35 



HI-674A 



Connect the Analog signal to pin 13 for a ±5V range, or to 
pin 1 4 for a ±10V range. Calibration of offset and gain is sim- 
ilar to that for the unipolar ranges as discussed above. First 
apply a DC input voltage V 2 LSB above negative full scale 
(i.e., -4.9988V for the ±5V range, or -9.9976V for the +10V 
range). Adjust the offset potentiometer R1 for flicker between 
output codes 0000 0000 0000 and 0000 0000 0001. Next, 
apply a DC input voltage 1 1 / 2 LSB's below positive full scale 
(+4.9963V for ±5V range; +9.9927V for ±10V range). Adjust 
the Gain potentiometer R2 for flicker between codes 1111 
1111 1110and 1111 1111 1111. 

'The 10012 potentiometer R2 provides Gain Adjust for the 10V 
and 20V ranges. In some applications, a full scale of 10.24V 
(LSB equals 2.5mV) or 20.48V (LSB equals 5.0mV) is more 
convenient. For these, replace R2 by a 50£2, 1% metal film 
resistor. Then, to provide Gain Adjust for the 10.24V range, add 
a 200Q potentiometer in series with pin 13. For the 20.48V 
range, add a 500Q potentiometer in series with pin 14. 

CONTROLLING THE HI-574A 

The HI-674A includes logic for direct interface to most micro- 
processor systems. The processor may take full control of 
each conversion, or the converter may operate in the "stand- 
alone" mode, controlled only by the R/C input. Full control 
consists of selecting an 8 or 12 bit conversion cycle, initiating 
the conversion, and reading the output data when ready- 
choosing either 12 bits at once or 8 followed by 4, in a left- 
justified format. The five control inputs are all TTL/CMOS- 
compatible: (12/8, CS, Aq, R/C and CE). Table 1 illustrates 
the use of these inputs in controlling the converter's opera- 
tions. Also, a simplified schematic of the internal control logic 
is shown in Figure 3. 



"Stand-Alone Operation" 

The simplest_control interface calls for a singe control line con- 
nected to R/C. Also, CE and 12/8 are wired high, CS and Aq are 
wired low, and the output data appears in words of 12 bits each. 

The R/C signal may have any duty cycle within (and includ- 
ing) the extremes shown in Figures 4 and 5. In general, data 
may be read when R/C is high unless STS is also high, indi- 
cating a conversion is in progress. Timing parameters partic- 
ular to this mode of operation are listed below under "Stand- 
Alone Mode Timing". 

STAND-ALONE MODE TIMING 



SYMBOL 


PARAMETER 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


UNITS 


•hrl 


Low R/C Pulse Width 


50 






ns 


tos 


STS Delay from R/C 






200 


ns 


•hdh 


Data Valid after R/C Low 


25 






ns 


•hs 


STS Delay after Data Valid 


25 




850 


ns 


•hrh 


High R/C Pulse Width 


150 






ns 


( DDR 


Data Access Time 






150 


ns 



Time is measured from 50% level of digital transitions. Tested with a 
50pF and 3k£l load. 

Conversion Length 

A Convert Start transition (see Table 1 ) latches the state of 
Aq, which determines whether the conversion continues for 
12 bits (Aq low) or stops with 8 bits (Aq high). If all 12 bits 
are read following an 8 bit conversion, the three LSB's will 
read zero and DB3 will read ONE. Aq is latched because it is 



INPUT BUFFERS 



12/8 



READ CONTROL 



rP>7L> 



] =E£> 



Aq LATCH 




CONTROL 



NIBBLE B ZERO 
' OVERRIDE 



NIBBLE A, B 



► NIBBLE C 



IrF 



CURRENT ■+ STROBE 
CONTROLLED 
OSCILLATOR ■+ CLOCK 



RESET 



EOC13 



FIGURE 3. HI-674A CONTROL LOGIC 



1-36 



HI-674A 



•hrl 



R/C 




FIGURE 4. LOW PULSE FOR R/C - OUTPUTS ENABLED AFTER CONVERSION 



r/c 



X 



"dob 



'HDfi 



DB11-DB0 HIGH-Z 



/ DATA \ 



HIGH-Z 



FIGURE 5. HIGH PULSE FOR R/C - OUTPUTS ENABLED WHILE R/C HIGH, OTHERWISE HIGH-Z 



also involved in enabling the output buffers (see "Reading 
the Output Data"). No other control inputs are latched. 

TABLE 1. TRUTH TABLE FOR HI-574A CONTROL INPUTS 



CE 


CS 


R/C 


12A) 


Ao 


OPERATION 


O 


X 


X 


X 


X 


None 


X 


1 


X 


X 


X 


None 


T 








X 





Initiate 12 bit conversion 


t 








X 


1 


Initiate 8 bit conversion 




I 





X 





Initiate 1 2 bit conversion 




I 





X 


1 


Initiate 8 bit conversion 







i 


X 





Initiate 12 bit conversion 







I 


X 


1 


Initiate 8 bit conversion 







1 


1 


X 


Enable 12 bit Output 







1 








Enable 8 MSB's Only 







1 





1 


Enable 4 LSB's Plus 4 Trailing 
Zeroes 



Conversion Start 

A conversion may be initiated as shown in Table 1 by a logic 
transition on any of three inputs: CE, CS or R/C. The last of 
the three to reach the correct state starts the conversion, so 



one, two or all three may be dynamically controlled. The 
nominal delay from each is the same, and if necessary, all 
three may change state simultaneously. To assure that a 
particular input controls the start of conversion, the other two 
should be set up at least 50ns earlier, however. See the 
HI-674A Timing Specifications, Convert mode. 

This variety of HI-674A control modes allows a simple inter- 
face in most system applications. The Convert Start timing 
relationships are illustrated in Figure 6. 

The output signal STS indicates status of the converter by 
going high only while a conversion is in progress. While STS 
is high, the output buffers remain in a high impedance state 
and data cannot be read. Also, an additional Start Convert 
will not reset the converter or reinitiate a conversion while 
STS is high. (However, if Aq changes state after a conver- 
sion begins, an additional Start Convert signal will latch the 
new state of Aq, possibly causing a wrong cycle length (8 vs. 
12 bits) for that conversion). 

Reading the Output Data 

The output data buffers remain^ in a high impedance state 
unt il four conditions are met: R/C high, STS low, CE high and 
CS low. At that time, data lines become active according to 
the state of inputs 12/8 and Ao. Timing constraints are illus- 
trated in Figure 7. 



1-37 



HI-674A 



The 12/8 input will be tied high or low in most applications, 
though it is fully TTL/CMOS-compatib!e. With 12/8 high, all 
12 output lines become active simultaneously, for interface to 
a 12 or 16 bit data bus. The Aq input is ignored. 

With 12/8 low, the output is organized in two 8 bit bytes, 
selected one at a time by Aq. This allows an 8 bit data bus to 
be connected as shown in Figure 8. Aq is usually tied to the 
least significant bit of the address bus, for storing the 
HI-674A output in two consecutive memory locations. (With 
Aq low, the 8 MSB's only are enabled. With Aq high, 4MSB's 
are disabled, bits 4 through 7 are forced to zero, and the 
4 LSB's are enabled). This two byte format is considered "left 
justified data", for which a decimal (or binary!) point is 
assumed to the left of byte 1: 



BYTE 1 



BYTE 2 



x [ x | x | x"[~x" | X | X 







MSB 



LSB 



Further, Aq may be toggled at any time without damage to 
the converter. Break-before-make action is guaranteed 
between the two data bytes, which assures that the outputs 
strapped together in Figure 8 will never be enabled at the 
same time. 

A read operation usually begins after the conversion is com- 
plete and STS is low. For earliest access to the data how- 
ever, the read should begin no later than (t D0 + t H s) before 
STS goes low. See Figure 7. 



<ssc — 



<SRC 



•hrc - 



•sac »-| 

'hac 



STS 



DB11-DB0 



'DSC 



- 'hsc 



T 



X3E 



i 



HIGH IMPEDANCE 



CE- 



jF 



es- 



R/C 
Ao- 



STS - 



-<SRR 



•hah " 



HIGH IMPEDANCE 

too 



F 



DATA 
"VALID" 



<HO 



3_h 



<HL 



FIGURE 7. READ CYCLE TIMING 




FIGURE 8. INTERFACE TO AN 8 BIT DATA BUS 



FIGURE 6. CONVERT START TIMING 



1-38 



1 



33 



SEMICONDUCTO 



HI-774 



July 1992 



8lis, Complete 12-Bit A/D Converter 
with Microprocessor Interface 



Features 

• Complete 12-Bit A/D Converter with Reference and 
Clock 

• Digital Error Correction 

• Full 8-, 12- or 16-Bit Microprocessor Bus Interface 

• 150ns Bus Access Time 

• No Missing Codes Over Temperature 

• Minimal Setup Time for Control Signals 

• %s Maximum Conversion Time Over Temperature 

• Low Noise, via Current-Mode Signal Transmission 
Between Chips 

• Byte Enable/Short Cycle (A Q Input) 

- Guaranteed Break-Before-Make Action, Eliminating 
Bus Contention During Read Operation. Latched by 
the Start Convert Input (To Set the Conversion Length) 

• Faster Version of the HI-574A and HI-674A 

• Same Pinout as the HI-574A and HI-674A 

• ±12V to ±15V Operation 

Applications 

• Industrial Data Acquisition Systems 

• Electronic Test and Scientific Instrumentation 

• Process Control Systems 



Description 

The HI-774 is a complete 12-bit Analog-to-Digital Converter, 
including a +10V reference clock, three-state outputs and a 
digital interface for microprocessor control. Successive 
approximation conversion is performed by two monolithic 
dice housed in a 28 pin package. The bipolar analog die fea- 
tures the Harris Dielectric Isolation process, which provides 
enhanced AC performance and freedom from latch-up. The 
digital die features the Smart SAR (SSAR™), which includes 
a digital error correction circuit. 

Custom design of each IC (bipolar analog and CMOS digital) 
has yielded improved performance over existing versions of 
this converter. The voltage comparator features high PSRR 
plus a high speed current-mode latch, and provides precise 
decisions down to 0.1 LSB of input overdrive. More than 2X 
reduction in noise has been achieved by using current 
instead of voltage for transmission of all signals between the 
analog and digital IC's. Also, the clock oscillator is current 
controlled for excellent stability over temperature. 

The HI-774 offers standard unipolar and bipolar input 
ranges, laser trimmed for specified linearity, gain and offset 
accuracy. The low noise buried zener reference circuit is 
trimmed for minimum temperature coefficient. 

Power requirements are +5V and ±12V to +15V, with typical 
dissipation of 390m W at ±12V. For MIL-STD-883 compliant 
parts, request the HI-774A/883 data sheet. 



Pinout 



PLASTIC AND SIDEBRAZE DIP 

TOP VIEW 



+5V SUPPLY, V LO gic [7 
DATA MODE SEL, 12/B [T 

CHIPSEL.CS [T 

BYTE ADDR/SHORT fT 
CYCLE, Ao LI 

READ/CONVERT, fVC \T 

CHIP ENABLE, CE [T 

+12V7+15V SUPPLY, V cc [T 

+10V REF, REF OUT [T 

ANALOG rr- 
COMMON.AC LI 

REFERENCE WPUT [jo 

-12V/-15V SUPPLY, V E [iT 

BIPOLAR OFFSET rfi 
BIPOFF Ll£ 

10V INPUT [13 
20V INPUT \u 



28] STATUS, STS 
27] DB11, MSB 
26] DB10 
25] DB9 
24] DBS 
23] DB7 
22] DB6 
2l]DB5 
20] DB4 
Ta| DB3 
W] DB2 
17]t>B1 

«] DBO, LSB 
15] DIG COMMON, DC 



DIGITAL 
^ DATA 
OUTPUTS 



Ordering Information 



PART 




TEMP. 




NUMBER 


INL 


RANGE 


PACKAGE 


HI3-774JN-5 


±1 .0LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Plastic DIP 


HI3-774KN-5 


±0.5LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Plastic DIP 


HI1-774JD-5 


±1.0LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-774KD-5 


±0.5LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-774LD-5 


±0.5LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-774SD-2 


±1.0LSB 


-55°CtO+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-774TD-2 


±0.5LSB 


-55°C to +125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-774UD-2 


10.5LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-774S/883 


±1.0LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-774T/883 


+0.5LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI1-774U/883 


±0.5LSB 


-55°C to+125°C 


28 Pin Ceramic DIP 


HI4-774S/883 


±1.0LSB 


-55°C to+125°C 


44 Pin Ceramic LCC 


HI4-774T/883 


±0.5LSB 


-55°C to+125°C 


44 Pin Ceramic LCC 


HI4-774U/883 


+0.5LSB 


-55°C to+125°C 


44 Pin Ceramic LCC 



CAUTION: These devices are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. Users should follow proper US. Handling Procedures. 
Copyright © Harris Corporation 1992 



File Number 3098.1 



HI-774 



Functional Block Diagram 



BIT OUTPUTS 
A 



MSB 

9 9 9 9 



A<jO- 
WC o- 



CE o- 



LOGIC 



LSB 

B O O • O i i 



NIBBLE* A 


NIBBLE* B 


NIBBLE* C 


THREE-STATE BUFFERS AND CONTROL 







OSCILLATOR 



^jl2BITS^ 



DIGITAL CHIP 



VrefIN < 
VreF OUT < 



ANALOG CHIP 



1 2 BITS 



STROBE 



+10V 
REF. 




DAC 





ANALOG 
COMMON 



BIP. 20V 10V 
OFF INPUT INPUT 



I v LOGIC 
. DIGITAL 



, STS 



-o V cc 
-o V EE 



•■Nibble" is a 4 bit digital word 



1-40 



Specifications HI-774 



Thermal Information 



75°C/W 
48°C/W 



15°C/W 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 

Supply Voltage 

V cc to Digital Common OV to +16.5V 

V EE to Digital Common OV to -16.5V 

V L0 Gic 'o Digital Common OV to +7V 

Analog Common to Digital Common ±1V 

Control Inputs 

(CE, CS, Ao, 12/8, R/C) to Digital Common .... -0.5V to V LOG , C +0.5V 
Analog Inputs 

(REFIN, BIPOFF, 10V, N ) to Analog Common +16.5V 

20V, N to Analog Common ±24V 

REFOUT Indefinite short to Common, momentary short to Vcc 

Operating Temperature Range 

HI3-774xN-5, H1 1 -774xD-5 0°C to +75°C 

HI 1-774x0-2 -55°C to +125°C 

Junction Temperature 

HI3-774XN-5 +150°C 

HI1-774xD-2, HI1-774XD-5 +175°C 

Storage Temperature Range 

HI3-774xN-5 -40°C < T A < +85°C 

HI1-774xD-2, HI1-774xD-5 -65°C < T A < +150°C 

Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10s) 300°C 

CAUTION: Stresses above those listed in 'Absolute Maximum Ratings' may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress only rating and operation 
of the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational sections of this specilication is not implied. 



Thermal Resistance 

HI3-774XN-5 

HI1-774XD-2, HI1-774XD-5 

Power Dissipation at 75°C (Note 1 ) 

HI3-774XN-5 1000mW 

HI1-774XD-2, HI1-774XD-5 2083mW 

Power Dissipation Derating Factor Above +75°C 

HI3-774XN-5 13.3mW/°C 

HI1-774XD-2, HI1-774XD-5 20.8mW/°C 

Transistor Count 2117 



NOTE: 

1. Dissipation rating assumes device is mounted with all leads sol- 



dered to printed circuit board. 



DC and Transfer Accuracy Specifications Typical at +25°c with v cc = +isv or +12V, v L0GIC = +5V, v EE = -isv or -12V, 

Unless Otherwise Specified 





TEMPERATURE RANGE 






-5 (0°C to +75°C) 




PARAMETERS 


HI-774J 


HI-774K 


HI-774L 


UNITS 


Resolution (max) 


12 


12 


12 


Bits 


Linearity Error 










+25°C (Max) 


±1 


±1/2 


±1/2 


LSB 


0°C to +75°C (Max) 


±1 


±1/2 


±1/2 


LSB 


Max resolution for which no missing codes is guaranteed 










+25°C 


12 


12 


12 


Bits 


T MIN t0 T MAX 


11 


12 


12 


Bits 


Unipolar Offset (max) 










Adjustable to Zero 


+2 


±1.5 


±1 


LSB 


Bipolar Offset (max) 










v in = ov (Adjustable to Zero) 


±4 


±4 


±3 


LSB 


V, N = -10V 


±0.15 


±0.1 


±0.1 


% of F.S. 


Full Scale Calibration Error 










+25-C (Max), with fixed 50n resistor from REF OUT to REF IN 


±0.25 


±0.25 


±0.15 


% of F.S. 


(Adjustable to Zero) 










t min to t max ( No adjustment at +25°C) 


±0.475 


±0.375 


±0.20 


% Of F.S. 


t min ,0 T MAX (With adjustment to zero +25°C) 


±0.22 


0.12 


0.05 


% of F.S. 


Temperature Coefficients 










Guaranteed max change, T M[N to T MAX (Using internal reference) 










Unipolar Offset 


±2 


±1 


±1 


LSB 


Bipolar Offset 


±2 


±2 


±1 


LSB 


Full Scale Calibration 


±9 


±5 


±2 


LSB 


Power Supply Rejection 










Max change in Full Scale Calibration 










+1 3.5V < V cc < +1 6.5V or +1 1 .4V < V cc < +1 2.6V 


±2 


±1 


±1 


LSB 


+4.5V < V L0G ic < +5.5V 


±1/2 


±1/2 


±1/2 


LSB 


-16.5V < V EE < -13.5V or -12.6V < V EE < -1 1.4V 


±2 


±1 


±1 


LSB 


Analog Inputs 










Input Ranges 














-5 to +5 




V 






-10 to +10 




V 



1-41 



Specifications HI-774 



DC and Transfer Accuracy Specifications Typical at +25°c with v cc = +15V of +12V, v LOG | C = +sv, v EE = -isv or -12V, 

Unless Otherwise Specified (Continued) 






TEMPERATURE RANGE 

-5 (0°C to +75°C) 








PARAMETERS 


HI-774J 


HI-774K 


HI-774L 


UNITS 






Input Ranges (Continued) 
Unipolar 


to +10 
to +20 


V 
V 






Input Impedance 
10V Span 
20V Span 


5K, ±25% 
10K, ±25% 


a 
a 






Power Supplies 

Operating Voltage Range 

V LOGIC 

Vcc 

Vcc 


+4.5 to +5.5 
+11.4 to +16.5 
-11.4 to -16.5 


V 
V 
V 






Operating Current 
'logic 

l cc +15V Supply 
l EE -15V Supply 


7Typ, 15 Max 
11 Typ, 15 Max 
21 Typ, 28 Max 


mA 
mA 
mA 






Power Dissipation 
±15V, +15V 
±12V, +5V 


51 5 Typ, 720 Max 
385 Typ 


mW 
mW 






Internal Reference Voltage 
t min to T MAX 

Output current, available for external loads (External load should not 
change during conversion). 


+10.00 ±0.05 Max 
2.0 Max 


Volts 
mA 




DC and Transfer Accuracy Specifications Typical at +25°c with v cc = +15V or +12V, v L0G , c = +sv, v EE = -isv or -12V, 

Unless Otherwise Specified 






TEMPERATURE RANGE 

-2(+55°Cto+125 <> C) 








PARAMETERS 


H1-774S 


HI-774T 


HI-774U 


UNITS 






Resolution (max) 


12 


12 


12 


Bits 






Linearity Error 
+25°C (Max) 
0°C to +75°C (Max) 


±1 
±1 


±1/2 
±1 


±1/2 
±1 


LSB 
LSB 






Max resolution for which no missing codes is guaranteed 

+25°C 

T MIN ,0 T MAX 


11 
11 


12 
12 


12 
12 


Bits 
Bits 






Unipolar Offset (max) 
Adjustable to Zero 


±2 


±2 


±1 


LSB 






Bipolar Offset (max) 

V| N = 0V (Adjustable to Zero) 
V IN = -10V 


±4 
±0.15 


±4 
±0.1 


±3 
±0.1 


LSB 
%0fF.S. 






Full Scale Calibration Error 

+25°C (Max), with fixed 50Q resistor from REF OUT to REF IN 

(Adjustable to Zero) 
t min t° t max (No adjustment at +25°C) 
Tmin to T"max ( wi,n adjustment to zero +25°C) 


±0.25 

±0.75 
±0.50 


±0.25 

±0.50 
0.25 


±0.15 

±0.275 
±0.125 


% Of F.S. 

% Of F.S. 
% of F.S. 






Temperature Coefficients 

Guaranteed max change, T Mm to T MAX (Using internal reference) 
Unipolar Offset 
Bipolar Offset 
Full Scale Calibration 


±2 
±2 
±20 


±1 
±2 
±10 


±1 
±1 
±5 


LSB 
LSB 
LSB 






Power Supply Rejection 

Max change in Full Scale Calibration 

+13.5V < V cc < +16.5V or +1 1.4V < V cc < +12.6V 

+4.5V < V L0G | C < +5.5V 

-16.5V < V EE < -13.5V or -12.6V < V EE < -11.4V 


±2 
±1/2 
±2 


±1 
±1/2 
±1 


±1 
±1/2 
±1 


LSB 
LSB 
LSB 















1-42 



Specifications HI-774 



DC and Transfer Accuracy Specifications Typical at +25°c with v cc = +15V or +12V, v L0GIC = +5V v EE = -15V or -12V, 

Unless Otherwise Specified (Continued) 





rrAinrnNTiinr r~v a h i /~* r* 

TEMPERATURE RANGE 










PARAMETERS 


HI-774S | H1-774T | HI-774U 


UNITS 


Analog Inputs 






Input Ranges 






Bipolar 


-5 to +5 


V 




- 1 U 10 + 1 u 


w 
V 


Unipolar 


0to+10 


V 




to +20 


V 


Input Impedance 






10V Span 


5kfi, ±25% 


o 


20V Span 


10kn. ±25% 


n 


Power Supplies 






Operating Voltage Range 






Vlogic 


+4.5 to +5.5 


V 


Vcc 


+11.410 +16.5 


V 


V EE 


-11.4 to -16.5 


V 


Operating Current 






'logic 


7 Typ, 1 5 Max 


mA 


l co +15V Supply 


11Typ, 15 Max 


mA 


l EE -15V Supply 


21 Typ, 28 Max 


mA 


Power Dissipation 






±15V, +15V 


515 Typ, 720 Max 


mW 


±12V, +5V 


385 Typ 


mW 


Internal Reference Voltage 






T MIN ,0 T MAX 


+10.00 ±0.05 Max 


Volts 


Output current available for external loads (External load should not 


2.0 Max 


mA 


change during conversion). 







Digital Specifications All Models, Over Full Temperature Range 



PARAMETERS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


Logic Inputs (CE, CS, R/C, Aq, 412/8) 








Logic "1" 


+2.4V 




+5.5V 


Logic "0" 


-0.5V 




+0.8V 


Current 




±0.1 (iA 


±5(iA 


Capacitance 




5pF 




Logic Outputs (DB11-DB0, STS) 








Logic "0"(I S | NK - 1.6mA) 






+0.4V 


Logic "1" Osource - 500jiA) 


+2.4V 






Logic "1" (Isource - 10uA) 


+4.5V 






Leakage (High Z State, DB1 1-DB0 Only) 




±0.1 nA 


±5nA 


Capacitance 




5pF 





Timing Specifications +25°C, Unless Otherwise Specified, Into a load with R L = 3k£2 and C L = 50pF 



SYMBOL 


PARAMETER 


MIN TYP 


MAX UNITS 


CONVERT MODE 


'dsc 


STS Delay from CE 




100 


200 


ns 


'hec 


CE Pulse Width 


50 


30 




ns 


'ssc 


CS to CE Setup 


50 


20 




ns 


•hsc 


CS Low During CE High 


50 


20 




ns 


'SRC 


R/C to CE Setup 


50 







ns 


'hrc 


R/C Low During CE High 


50 


20 




ns 


'sac 


Aq to CE Setup 










ns 


•hac 


Aq Valid During CE High 


50 


30 




ns 



1-43 



HI-774 



Timing Specifications +25°C, Unless Otherwise Specified, Into a load with R L = 3kn and C L = 50pF (Continued) 



SYMBOL 


PARAMETER 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


UNITS 


Us 


Conversion Time 


12BitCycleT MIN toT MAX (-5) 




8.0 


9 


us 


8BitCycleT MIN toT MAX (-5) 




6.4 


6.8 


us 


12BitCycleT MlN toT MAX (-2) 




9 


11 


us 


8BitCycleT MIN toT MAX (-2) 




6.8 


8.3 


us 


READ MODE 


loo 


Access Time from CE 




75 


150 


ns 


^HD 


Data Valid After CE Low 


25 


35 




ns 


t H L 


Output Float Delay 




70 


150 


ns 


•sSR 


CS to CE Setup 


50 







ns 


*SRR 


R/C to CE Setup 










ns 


'SAH 


Aq to CE Setup 


50 


25 




ns 


>HSR 


CS Valid After CE Low 










ns 


'hrr 


R/C High After CE Low 










ns 


•har 


Aq Valid After CE Low 


50 


25 




ns 


•hs 


STS Delay After Data Valid 




90 


300 


ns 



NOTE: 

1 . Time is measured from 50% level of digital transitions, except High Z output conditions which are measured at the 1 0% or 90% point. 



Definitions of Specifications 

Linearity Error 

Linearity error refers to the deviation of each individual code 
from a line drawn from "zero" through lull scale". The point 
used as "zero" occurs 1 / 2 LSB (1 ,22mV for 1 0V span) before the 
first code transition (all zeros to only the LSB "on"). "Full scale" 
is defined as a level 1 1 / 2 LSB beyond the last code transition (to 
all ones). The deviation of a code from the true straight line is 
measured from the middle of each particular code. 

The HI-774K and L grades are guaranteed for maximum non- 
linearity of ±V 2 LSB. For these grades, this means that an ana- 
log value which falls exactly in the center of a given code 
width will result in the correct digital output code. Values 
nearer the upper or lower transition of the code width may pro- 
duce the next upper or lower digital output code. The HI-774J 
is guaranteed to ±1 LSB max error. For this grade, an analog 
value which falls within a given code width will result in either 
the correct code for that region or either adjacent one. 

Note that the linearity error is not user-adjustable. 

Differential Linearity Error (No Missing Codes) 

A specification which guarantees no missing codes requires 
that every code combination appear in a monotonic increasing 
sequence as the analog input level is increased. Thus every 
code must have a finite width. For the HI-774K and L grades, 
which guarantee no missing codes to 12-bit resolution, all 
4096 codes must be present over the entire operating temper- 
ature ranges. The HI-774J grade guarantees no missing 
codes to 11 -bit resolution over temperature; this means that 
all code combinations of the upper 11 bits must be present; in 
practice very few of the 12-bit codes are missing. 

Unipolar Offset 

The first transition should occur at a level V 2 LSB above analog 
common. Unipolar offset is defined as the deviation of the 



actual transition from that point. This offset can be adjusted as 
discussed on the following pages. The unipolar offset tempera- 
ture coefficient specifies the maximum change of the transition 
point over temperature, with or without external adjustment. 

Bipolar Offset 

Similarly, in the bipolar mode, the major carry transition 
(0111 1111 1111 to 1000 0000 0000) should occur for an ana- 
log value V 2 LSB below analog common. The bipolar offset 
error and temperature coefficient specify the initial deviation 
and maximum change in the error over temperature. 

Full Scale Calibration Error 

The last transition (from 1111 1111 1110 to 1111 1111 1111) 
should occur for an analog value 1 1 / 2 LSB below the nominal 
full scale (9.9963V for 10.000V full scale). The full scale cali- 
bration error is the deviation of the actual level at the last 
transition from the ideal level. This error, which is typically 
0.05 to 0.1% of full scale, can be trimmed out as shown in 
Figures 2 and 3. The full scale calibration error over temper- 
ature is given with and without the initial error trimmed out. 
The temperature coefficients for each grade indicate the 
maximum change in the full scale gain from the initial value 
using the internal 10V reference. 

Temperature Coefficients 

The temperature coefficients for full-scale calibration, unipo- 
lar offset, and bipolar offset specify the maximum change 
from the initial (+25°C) value to the value at T M | N or T MAX . 

Power Supply Rejection 

The standard specifications for the HI-774 assume use of 
+5.00 and ±15.00 or ±12.00 volt supplies. The only effect of 
power supply error on the performance of the device will be 
a small change in the full scale calibration. This will result in 



1-44 



Hl-774 



a linear change in all lower order codes. The specifications 
show the maximum change in calibration from the initial 
value with the supplies at the various limits. 

Code Width 

A fundamental quantity for A/D converter specifications is the 
code width. This is defined as the range of analog input values 
for which a given digital output code will occur. The nominal value 
of a code width is equivalent to 1 least significant bit (LSB) of the 
full scale range or 2.44mV out of 10V for a 12-bit ADC. 

Quantization Uncertainty 

Analog-to-digital converters exhibit an inherent quantization 
uncertainty of ±V 2 LSB. This uncertainty is a fundamental 
characteristic of the quantization process and cannot be 
reduced for a converter of given resolution. 

Left-justified Data 

The data format used in the Hl-774 is left-justified. This 
means that the data represents the analog input as a frac- 
tion of full-scale, ranging from to «ggj . This implies a 
binary point to the left of the MSB. 4096 

Applying the Hl-774 

For each application of this converter, the ground connec- 
tions, power supply bypassing, analog signal source, digital 
timing and signal routing on the circuit board must be opti- 
mized to assure maximum performance. These areas are 
reviewed in the following sections, along with basic operating 
modes and calibration requirements. 

PHYSICAL MOUNTING AND LAYOUT CONSIDERATIONS 
Layout 

Unwanted, parasitic circuit components, (L, R, and C) can 
make 12 bit accuracy impossible, even with a perfect A/D 
converter. The best policy is to eliminate or minimize these 
parasitics through proper circuit layout, rather than try to 
quantify their effects. 

The recommended construction is a double-sided printed cir- 
cuit board with a ground plane on the component side. Other 
techniques, such as wire-wrapping or point-to-point wiring on 
vectorboard, will have an unpredictable effect on accuracy. 

In general, sensitive analog signals should be routed 
between ground traces and kept well away from digital lines. 
If analog and digital lines must cross, they should do so at 
right angles. 

Power Supplies 

Supply voltages to the Hl-774 (+15V, -15V and +5V) must be 
"quiet" and well regulated. Voltage spikes on these lines can 
affect the converter's accuracy, causing several LSBs to 
flicker when a constant input is applied. Digital noise and 
spikes from a switching power supply are especially trouble- 
some. If switching supplies must be used, outputs should be 
carefully filtered to assure "quiet" DC voltage at the con- 
verter terminals. 

Further, a bypass capacitor pair on each supply voltage ter- 
minal is necessary to counter the effect of variations in sup- 



ply current. Connect one pair from pin 1 to 15 (V LOG | C 
supply), one from pin 7 to 9 (V cc to Analog Common) and 
one from pin 11 to 9 (V EE to Analog Common). For each 
capacitor pair, a 10uF tantalum type in parallel with a 0.1 uF 
ceramic type is recommended. 

Ground Connections 

The typical Hl-774 ground currents are 6mADC into pin 9 
(Analog Common) and 3m ADC out of pin 15 (Digital Com- 
mon). These pins should be tied together at the package to 
guarantee specified performance for the converter. In addi- 
tion, a wide PC trace should run directly from pin 9 to (usu- 
ally) +15V common, and from pin 15 to (usually) the +5V 
Logic Common. If the converter is located some distance 
from the system's "single point" ground, make only these 
connections to pins 9 and 15: Tie them together at the pack- 
age, and back to the system ground with a single path. This 
path should have low resistance since it will carry about 3mA 
of DC current. (Code dependent currents flow in the V cc , 
V EE and V L0GIC terminals, but not through the Hl-774's 
Analog Common or Digital Common). 

ANALOG SIGNAL SOURCE 

The device driving the Hl-774 analog input will see a nominal 
bad of 5KO (10V range) or 10ki2 (20V range). However, the 
other end of these input resistors may change as much as 
±400mV with each bit decision. These input disturbances are 
caused by the internal DAC changing codes which causes a 
glitch on the summing junction. This creates abrupt changes in 
current at the analog input causing a "kick back" glitch from the 
input. Because the algorithm starts with the MSB, the first 
glitches will be the largest and get smaller as the conversion 
proceeds. These glitches can occur at 350ns intervals so an op 
amp with a low output impedance and fast settling is desir- 
able. Ultimately the input must settle to within the window of 
Figure 1 at the bit decision points in order to achieve 12 bit 
accuracy. 

The Hl-774 differs from the most high-speed successive 
approximation type ADC's in that it does not require a high 
performance buffer or sample and hold. With error correction 
the input can settle while the conversion is underway, but 
only during the first 4.8u,s. The input must be within 10.76% 
of the final value when the MSB decision is made. This 
occurs approximately 650ns after the conversion has been 
initiated. Digital error correction also loosens the bandwidth 
requirements of the buffer or sample and hold. As long as 
the input "kick back" disturbances settle within the window of 
Figure 1 the device will remain accurate. The combined 
effect of settling and the "kick back" disturbances must 
remain in the Figure 1 window. 

If the design is being optimized for speed, the input device 
should have closed loop bandwidth to 3MHz, and a low out- 
put impedance (calculated by dividing the open loop output 
resistance by the open loop gain). If the application requires 
a high speed sample and hold the Harris HA-5330 or 
HA-5320 are recommended. 

In any design the input (pin 13 or 14) should be checked dur- 
ing a conversion to make sure that the input stays within the 
correctable window of Figure 1 . 



1-45 



HI-774 



DIGITAL ERROR CORRECTION 

The HI-774 features the smart successive approximation 
register (SSAR ™) which includes digital error correction. 
This has the advantage of allowing the initial input to vary 
within a +31 to -32LSB window about the final value. The 
input can move during the first 4.8ns, after which it must 
remain stable within ±V 2 LSB. With this feature a conversion 
can stan: before the input has settled completely; however, it 
must be within the window as described in Figure 1. 

The conversion cycle starts by making the first 8-bit deci- 
sions very quickly, allowing the internal DAC to settle only to 
8-bit accuracy. Then the converter goes through two error 
correction cycles. At this point the input must be stable within 
±V 2 LSB. These cycles correct the 8-bit word to 12-bit accu- 
racy for any errors made (up to +16 or -32 bits). This is up 



one count or down two counts at 8-bit resolution. The con- 
verter then continues to make the 4LSB decisions, settling 
out to 12-bit accuracy. The last four bits can adjust the code 
in the positive direction by up to 15 bits. This results in a total 
correction range of +31 to -32 bits. When an 8-bit conversion 
is performed, the input must settle to within ±V 2 LSB at 8 bit 
resolution (which equals ±8 bits at 12-bit resolution). 

With the HI-774 a conversion can be initiated before the 
input has completely settled, as long as it meets the con- 
straints of the Figure 1 window. This allows the user to start 
conversion up to 4.8ns earlier than with a typical analog to 
digital converter. A typical successive approximation type 
ADC must have a constant input during a conversion 
because once a bit decision is made it is locked in and can- 
not change. 



ALLOWABLE INPUT CHANGE 
(LSBs AT 12 BIT RESOLUTION) 



■ B BIT CONVERSION 



BIT DECISION POINTS 



± 1 / 2 LSB 
L 



/.^■"-- I ACT Rl' 



MSB BIT DECISION 
- 650ns 



LAST BIT END OF 

DECISION CONVERSION 
(12 BIT) (12 BIT) 



■12 BIT CONVERSION 



1 2 
CONVERSION INITIATED 



3 4 5 
TIME(n.) 



FIGURE 1. HI-774 ERROR CORRECTION WINDOW vs. TIME 




2 12/8 


STS28 


3 CS 


HIGH BITS 




24-27 


4 Ao MIDDLE BITS 


5 R/C 


20-23 






LOW BITS 


6 CE 


16-18 


10 REFIN 




8 REF OUT 




12 BIP OFF 


+5V 1 


13 10V, N 


+15V 7 


14 20V, N - 


-1SV 11 


• ANA DIG COM 15 


COM 





100Q 



±SV 

ANALOG °- 
INPUTS „ 



±10V 



• | O i • 8 ANA DIG COM 15 _0 — 



2 12/8 

3 CS 

* Ao 

5 R/C 

6 CE 



STS28 
HIGH BITS 
24-27 

MIDDLE BITS 
20-23 

LOW BITS 
16-18 



10 REFIN 




8 REF OUT 




12 BIP OFF 


+5V 1 


13 10V M 


+15V 7 


14 20V M * 


-15V 11 


8 ANA DIG COM 15 


COM 





•When driving the 20V (pin 14) input, minimize capacitance on pin 13. 
FIGURE 2. UNIPOLAR CONNECTIONS FIGURE 3. BIPOLAR CONNECTIONS 



1-46 



HI-774 



RANGE CONNECTIONS AND CALIBRATION 
PROCEDURES 

The HI-774 is a "complete" A/D converter, meaning it is fully 
operational with addition of the power supply voltages, a 
Start Convert signal, and a few external components as 
shown in Figures 2 and 3. Nothing more is required for most 
applications. 

Whether controlled by a processor or operating in the stand- 
alone mode, the HI-774 offers four standard input ranges: OV 
to +10V, OV to +20V, ±5V and ±10V. The maximum errors for 
gain and offset are listed under Specifications. If required, 
however, these errors may be adjusted to zero as explained 
below. Power supply and ground connections have been dis- 
cussed in an earlier section. 

Unipolar Connections and Calibration 

Refer to Figure 2. The resistors shown* are for calibration of 
offset and gain. If this is not required, replace R2 with a 50Q, 
1% metal film resistor and remove the network on pin 12. 
Connect pin 12 to pin 9. Then, connect the analog signal to 
pin 1 3 for the OV to 1 0V range, or to pin 1 4 for the OV to 20V 
range. Inputs to +20V (5V over the power supply) are no 
problem - the converter operates normally. 

Calibration consists of adjusting the converter's most nega- 
tive output to its ideal value (offset adjustment), then, adjust- 
ing the most positive output to its ideal value (gain 
adjustment). To understand the procedure, note that in prin- 
ciple, one is setting the output with respect to the midpoint of 
an increment of analog input, as denoted by two adjacent 
code changes. Nominal value of an increment is one LSB. 
However, this approach is impractical because nothing "hap- 
pens" at a midpoint to indicate that an adjustment is com- 
plete. Therefore, calibration is performed in terms of the 
observable code changes instead of the midpoint between 
code changes. 

For example, midpoint of the first LSB increment should be 
positioned at the origin, with an output code of all 0's. To do 
this, apply an input of +V 2 LSB (+1.22mV for the 10V range; 
+2.44mV for the 20V range). Adjust the Offset potentiometer 
R1 until the first code transition flickers between 0000 0000 
0000 and 0000 0000 0001. 

Next, perform a Gain Adjust at positive full scale. Again, the 
ideal input corresponding to the last code change is applied. 
This is 1 1 / 2 LSB's below the nominal full scale (+9.9963V for 
10V range; +1 9.9927V for 20V range). Adjust the Gain 
potentiometer R2 for flicker between codes 1111 1111 1110 
and 1111 1111 1111. 

Bipolar Connections and Calibration 

Refer to Figure 3. The gain and offset errors listed under 
Specifications may be adjusted to zero using potentiometers 
R1 and R2*. If this isn't required, either or both pots may be 
replaced by a 50Q, 1 % metal film resistor. 

Connect the Analog signal to pin 13 for a ±5V range, or to 
pin 14 for a ±10V range. Calibration of offset and gain is sim- 
ilar to that for the unipolar ranges as discussed above. First 



apply a DC input voltage V 2 LSB above negative full scale 
(i.e., -4.9988V for the ±5V range, or -9.9976V for the ±10V 
range). Adjust the offset potentiometer R1 for flicker between 
output codes 0000 0000 0000 and 0000 0000 0001. Next, 
apply a DC input voltage lV 2 LSB's below positive full scale 
(+4.9963V for ±5V range; +9.9927V for ±10V range). Adjust 
the Gain potentiometer R2 for flicker between codes 1111 
1111 1110and 1111 1111 1111. 

•The 100Q potentiometer R2 provides Gain Adjust for the 10V and 
20V ranges. In some applications, a full scale of 10.24V (LSB 
equals 2.5mV) or 20.48V (LSB equals 5.0mV) is more convenient. 
For these, replace R2 by a 5041, 1 % metal film resistor. Then, to pro- 
vide Gain Adjust for the 10.24V range, add a 200n potentiometer in 
series with pin 13. For the 20.48V range, add a 500fl potentiometer 
in series with pin 14. 

Controlling the HI-774 

The HI-774 includes logic for direct interface to most micro- 
processor systems. The processor may take full control of 
each conversion, or the converter may operate in the "stand- 
alone" mode, controlled only by the R/C input. Full control 
consists of selecting an 8 or 12 bit conversion cycle, initiating 
the conversion, and reading the output data when ready- 
choosing either 12 bits at once or 8 followed by 4, in a left- 
justified format. The five control inputs are all TTL/CMOS- 
compatible: (12/8, CS, Aq, R/C and CE). Table 1 illustrates 
the use of these inputs in controlling the converter's opera- 
tions. Also, a simplified schematic of the internal control logic 
is shown in Figure 4. 

"Stand-Alone Operation" 

The simplest control interface calls_for a singe controj line 
connected to R/C. Also, CE and 12/8 are wired high, CS and 
Aq are wired low, and the output data appears in words of 
12 bits each. 

The R/C signal may have any duty cycle within (and includ- 
ing) the extremes shown in Figures 5 and 6. In general, data 
may be read when R/C is high unless STS is also high, indi- 
cating a conversion is in progress. Timing parameters partic- 
ular to this mode of operation are listed below under "Stand- 
Alone Mode Timing". 



STAND-ALONE MODE TIMING 



SYMBOL 


PARAMETER 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


UNITS 


•hrl 


Low R/C Pulse Width 


50 






ns 


'ds 


STS Delay from R/C 






200 


ns 


•hdr 


Data Valid after FVC Low 


20 






ns 


•hs 


STS Delay after Data Valid 






850 


ns 


•hrh 


High R/C Pulse Width 


150 






ns 


•dDR 


Data Access Time 






150 


ns 



1-47 



HI-774 



INPUT 



EH> 



EH>~ 
EH> 



I>=0 



n5> 



READ CONTROL 



NIBBLE B ZERO 
' OVERRIDE 



A.B 

C 



3> 



EOC9 



CK_ 



Ao LATCH 




CURRENT ♦ STROBE 
CONTROLLED 
OSCILLATOR ♦ CLOCK 



| POWER UP 
RESET 



EOC13 



FIGURE 4. HI-774 CONTROL LOGIC 



R/C 



STS 





tHHL 










<ds 


•c 


[*— tHOB 


<HS 





DB11-DB0 



DATA 
VAUD 



DATA 
VAUD 



FIGURE 5. LOW PULSE FOR R/C - OUTPUTS ENABLED AFTER CONVERSION 



R/C 



STS 



— 


'hrh 






<D3 








«C 




•dob 




»HDB 









DATA \ 
VALID f 



HIGH-Z 



FIGURE 6. HIGH PULSE FOR R/C - OUTPUTS ENABLED WHILE R/C HIGH, OTHERWISE HIGH-Z 



1-48 



HI-774 



Conversion Length 

A Convert Start transition (see Table 1) latches the state of 
Aq, which determines whether the conversion continues for 
12 bits (Aq low) or stops with 8 bits (Aq high). If all 12 bits are 
read following an 8 bit conversion, the last three LSB's will 
read ZERO and DB3 will read ONE. Aq is latched because it 
is also involved in enabling the output buffers (see "Reading 
the Output Data"). No other control inputs are latched. 

TABLE 1. TRUTH TABLE FOB HI-774 CONTROL INPUTS 



CE 


cs 


wc 


12* 


Ao 


OPERATION 


O 


X 


X 


X 


X 


None 


X 


1 


X 


X 


X 


None 


T 








X 





Initiate 12 bit conversion 


t 








X 


1 


Initiate 8 bit conversion 




I 





X 





Initiate 12 bit conversion 




I 





X 


1 


Initiate 8 bit conversion 







1 


X 





Initiate 12 bit conversion 







i 


X 


1 


Initiate 8 bit conversion 







1 


1 


X 


Enable 12 bit Output 







1 








Enable 8 MSB's Only 







1 





1 


Enable 4 LSB's Plus 4 Trailing 
Zeroes 



Conversion Start 

A conversion may be initiated as shown in Table 1 by a logic 
transition on any of three inputs: CE, CS or R/C. The last of 



the three to reach the correct state starts the conversion, so 
one, two or all three may be dynamically controlled. The 
nominal delay from each is the same, and if necessary, all 
three may change state simultaneously. To assure that a 
particular input controls the start of conversion, the other two 
should be set up at least 50ns earlier, however. See the 
HI-774 Timing Specifications, Convert mode. 

This variety of HI-774 control modes allows a simple inter- 
face in most system applications. The Convert Start timing 
relationships are illustrated in Figure 7. 

The output signal STS indicates status of the converter by 
going high only while a conversion is in progress. While STS 
is high, the output buffers remain in a high impedance state 
and data cannot be read. Also, an additional Start Convert 
will not reset the converter or reinitiate a conversion while 
STS is high. 

Reading the Output Data 

The output data buffers remain_ in a high impedance state 
unt il four conditions are met: R/C high, STS low, CE high and 
CS low. At that time, data lines become active according to 
the state of inputs 12/8 and Aq. Timing constraints are illus- 
trated in Figure 8. 

The 12/8 input will be tied high or low in most applications, 
though it is fully TTL/CMOS-compatible. With 12/8 high, all 
12 output lines become active simultaneously, for interface to 
a 12 or 16 bit data bus. The Aq input is ignored. 

With 12/8 low, the output is organized in two 8 bit bytes, 
selected one at a time by Aq- This allows an 8 bit data bus to 
be connected as shown in Figure 9. Aq is usually tied to the 
least significant bit of the address bus, for storing the HI-774 
output in two consecutive memory locations. (With Aq low, 
the 8 MSB's only are enabled. With Aq high, 4MSB's are dis- 
abled, bits 4 through 7 are forced low, and the 4LSB's are 



CE 



R/C 



tssc- 



'SRC 



<HRC - 



'SAC- 



'hac — »- 



STS 



DB11-DB0 



'DSC 



>HEC 



2l 



■ 'kSC 



J" 



HIGH IMPEDANCE 



CE - 
CS- 



1 



R/C 



J" 



Ao- 



- >SAR <HAR - 



"X- 



•hs ■ 



HIGH IMPEDANCE 
«DD 



F 



J. 



DATA 
"VALID" 



<HL 



FIGURE 7. CONVERT START TIMING 

See HI-774 Timing Specifications for more 



FIGURE 8. READ CYCLE TIMING 



1-49 



HI-774 



enabled). This two byte format is considered "left justified 
data", for which a decimal (or binary!) point is assumed to 
the left of byte 1: 



BYTE 1 



MSB 



BYTE 2 



X 


x|x 


XXX 




X 



XXX 



ran 







between the two data bytes, which assures that the outputs 
strapped together in Figure 9 will never be enabled at the 
same time. 

A read operation usually begins after the conversion is com- 
plete and STS is low. For earliest access to the data how- 
ever, the read should begin no later than (t DD + t HS ) before 
STS goes low. See Figure 8. 



Further, Aq may be toggled at any time without damage to 
the converter. Break-before-make action is guaranteed 




FIGURE 9. INTERFACE TO AN 8 BIT DATA BUS 



1-50 



m HARRIS 

KMJ SEMICONDUCTOR 



HI-5700 



July 1992 



8-Bit, 20 MSPS Flash A/D Converter 



Features 

• 20MSPS with No Missing Codes 

• 18MHz Full Power Input Bandwidth 

• No Missing Codes Over Temperature 

• Sample and Hold Not Required 

• Single +5V Supply Voltage 

• CMOS/TTL 

• Overflow Bit 

• Improved Replacement for MP7684 
Applications 

• Video Digitizing 

• Radar Systems 

• Medical Imaging 

• Communication Systems 

• High Speed Data Acquisition Systems 



Description 

The HI-5700 is a monolithic, 8 bit, CMOS Flash Analog-to- 
Digital Converter. It is designed for high speed applications 
where wide bandwidth and low power consumption are 
essential. Its 20MSPS speed is made possible by a parallel 
architecture which also eliminates the need for an external 
sample and hold circuit. The HI-5700 delivers ±0.5LSB dif- 
ferential nonlinearity while consuming only 725mW (typical) 
at 20MSPS. Microprocessor compatible data output latches 
are provided which present valid data to the output bus 1 .5 
clock cycles after the convert command is received. An 
overflow bit is provided to allow the series connection of two 
converters to achieve 9 bit resolution. 

The HI-5700 is available in Commercial and Industrial 
temperature ranges and is supplied in 28 pin Plastic DIP and 
SOIC packages. 



Pinout 

28 PLASTIC DIP AND SOIC 

TOP VIEW 



CLK [T 




28]V IN 


(MSB) D7 [7 




27]V REF . 


D6[3 




EJAVdd 


D5[T 




25] AGND 


D4|T 




24] AGND 


IMRfT 




UAVdd 


Vdo[T 




22]1/2R 


GND [T 




SJAVdd 


3/4R[j 




20] AGND 


D3fj0 




19] AGND 


D2 |lT 




igAVDD 


(LSB) D1 FT 




17]V REF . 






16]CET 


OVFfTf 




1S]CE2 



Ordering Information 



PART 
NUMBER 


TEMPERATURE 
RANGE 


PACKAGE 


HI3-5700J-5 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin Plastic DIP 


HI9P5700J-5 


0°C to +75°C 


28 Pin SOIC 


HI3-5700A-9 


-40°C to +85°C 


28 Pin Plastic DIP 


HI9P5700A-9 


-40°C to +85°C 


28 Pin SOIC 



CAUTION: These devices are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. Users should follow proper I.C. Handling Procedures. 
Copyright © Harris Corporation 1 992 



File Number 3174.2 



HI-5700 




Specifications HI-5700 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 

Supply Voltage, V 00 to GND (GND - 0.5) < V D0 < +7.0V 

Analog and Reference Input Pins. . . . (Vss - 0.5) < V| NA < QJoo +0-5V) 

Digital I/O Pins (GND - 0.5) < V ro < (V DD +0.5V) 

Operating Temperature Range 

HI3-5700J-5, HI9P5700J-5 0°C to +75°C 

HI3-5700A-9, HI9P5700A-9 -40°C to +85°C 

Junction Temperature +150°C 

Storage Temperature Range -65°C to +150°C 

Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10 sec.) 300°C 

NOTE: 



Thermal Information 

Thermal Resistance 8^ 8 |c 

HI3-5700J-5, HI3-5700A-9 50°C/W 20°C/W 

HI9P5700J-5, HI9P5700A-9 71°CAV 22°CAV 

Power Dissipation at +75°C (Note 1) 

HI3-5700J-5, HI3-5700A-9 1500mW 

HI9P5700J-5, HI9P5700A-9 1100mW 

Power Dissipation Derating Factor Above +75°C 

HI3-5700J-5, HI3-5700A-5 20mW/°C 

HI9P5700J-5, HI9P5700A-9 14mW/°C 



1 . Dissipation rating assumes device is mounted with all leads soldered to printed circuit board. 

CAUTION: Stresses above those listed in the 'Absolute Maximum Ratings' may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress only rating and opera- 
tion of the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the operation section ot this specification is not implied. 



Electrical Specifications AV DD = V DD = +5.0V; V REFi = +4.0V; V HEF . = GND = AGND = 0V; F s = Specified Clock Frequency e 
50% Duty Cycle; C L = 30pF; Unless Otherwise Specified. 





PARAMETER 


TEST CONDITION 


+25°C 


(NOTE 2) 
0°C to +75°C 
-40°C to +85"C 


UNITS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


MAX 


ACCURACY 


Resolution 




8 






8 




Bits 


Integral Linearity Error (INL) 
(Best Fit Method) 


F s = 15MHz, f, N = DC 
F s = 20MHz, f, N = DC 




±0.9 
±1.0 


±2.0 
±2.25 




±2.25 
±3.25 


LSB 
LSB 


Differential Linearity Error (DNL) 
(Guaranteed No Missing Codes) 


F s = 15MHz, f, N = DC 
F s = 20MHz, f, N = DC 




±0.4 
±0.5 


±0.9 
±0.9 




±1.0 
±1.0 


LSB 
LSB 


Offset Error (VOS) 


F s = 15MHz, f, N = DC 
F s = 20MHz, f, N = DC 




±5.0 
±5.0 


±8.0 
±8.0 




±9.5 
±9.5 


LSB 
LSB 


Full Scale Error (FSE) 


F s = 15MHz, f, N = DC 
F s m 20MHz, f|N = DC 




±0.5 
±0.6 


±4.5 
±4.5 




±8.0 
±8.0 


LSB 
LSB 


DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS 


Maximum Conversion Rate 


No Missing Codes 


20 


25 




20 




MSPS 


Minimum Conversion Rate 


No Missing Codes (Note 2) 






0.125 




0.125 


MSPS 


Full Power Input Bandwidth 


F s = 20MHz 




18 








MHz 


Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) 
RMS Signal 


F s = 15MHz, f IN = 100kHz 
F s = 15MHz, f, N = 3.58MHz 
F s = 15MHz, f, N = 4.43MHz 
F s = 20MHz, f, N = 100kHz 
F s = 20MHz, f, N = 3.58MHz 
F s = 20MHz, f, N = 4.43MHz 




46.5 
44.0 
43.4 
45.9 
42.0 
41.6 








dB 
dB 
dB 
dB 
dB 
dB 


Signal to Noise Ratio (SINAD) 
RMS Signal 

RMS Noise + Distortion 


F s = 15MHz, f, N = 100kHz 
F s = 15MHz, f IN = 3.58MHz 
F s = 15MHz, f, N = 4.43MHz 
F s = 20MHz, f IN = 100kHz 
F s = 20MHz, f, N = 3.58MHz 
F s = 20MHz, f| N = 4.43MHz 




43.4 
34.3 
32.3 
42.3 
35.2 
32.8 








dB 
dB 
dB 
dB 
dB 
dB 



1-53 



Specifications HI-5700 



Electrical Specifications AV DD = V DD = +5.0V; V REF , = +4.0V; V REF . = GND = AGND = OV; F s = Specified Clock Frequency @ 
50% Duly Cycle; C L = 30pF; Unless Otherwise Specified. (Continued) 







+25°C 


(NOTE 2) 
0°C to +75°C 
-40°C to +85°C 




PARAMETER 


TEST CONDITION 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


MAX 


UNITS 


Total Harmonic Distortion 


F s = 15MHz, f, N = 100kHz 
F s = 15MHz, f IN = 3.58MHz 
F s = 15MHz. f, N = 4.43MHz 
F s = 20MHz, f, N = 100kHz 
F s = 20MHz, f IN = 3.58MHz 
F s = 20MHz, f, N = 4.43MHz 




-46.9 
-34.8 
-32.8 
-46.6 
-36.6 
-33.5 








dBc 
dBc 
dBc 
dBc 
dBc 
dBc 


Differential Gain 


F s = 14MHz, f IN = 3.58MHz 




3.5 








% 


Differential Phase Error 


F s = 14MHz, f IN = 3.58MHz 




0.9 








Degree 


ANALOG INPUT 


Analog Input Resistance, R| N 
Analog Input Capacitance, C IN 
Analog Input Bias Current, IB 


V, N = 4V 
V| N = 0V 
V IN = 0V, 4V 


4 


10 
60 
±0.01 


±1.0 




±1.0 


Mn 

pF 
uA 


REFERENCE INPUT 


Total Reference Resistance, R L 




250 


330 




235 




Q 


Reference Resistance Tempco, T c 






+0.31 








£5/°C 


DIGITAL INPUTS 


Input Logic High Voltage, V, H 
Input Logic Low Voltage, V IL 
Input Logic High Current, l IH 
Input Logic Low Current, l| L 
Input Capacitance, C| N 


V IN = 5V 
V IN = 0V 


2.0 


7 


0.8 
1.0 
1.0 


2.0 


0.8 
1.0 
1.0 


V 
V 
uA 
UA 
pF 


DIGITAL OUTPUTS 


Output Logic Sink Current, l OL 
Output Logic Source Current, l 0H 
Output Leakage, l z 
Output Capacitance, Cqut 


V = 0.4V 
V = 4.5V 

CE2 = 0V, V = 0V, 5V 
CE2 = OV 


3.2 
-3.2 


5.0 


±1.0 


3.2 
-3.2 


±1.0 


mA 
mA 
uA 
pF 


TIMING CHARACTERISTICS 


Aperture Delay, t AP 
Aperture Jitter, t w 
Data Output Enable Time, 
Data Output Disable Time, t D | S 
Data Output Delay, to D 
Data Output Hold, t H 




10 


6 
30 
18 
15 
20 
20 


25 
20 
25 


5 


30 
25 
30 


ns 

PS 

ns 
ns 
ns 
ns 


POWER SUPPLY REJECTION 


Offset Error PSRR, AVOS 
Gain Error PSRR, AFSE 


V OD = 5V±10% 
V DD = 5V±10% 




±0.1 
±0.1 


±2.75 
±2.75 




±5.0 
±5.0 


LSB 
LSB 


POWER SUPPLY CURRENT 


Supply Current, l DD 


F s = 20MHz 




145 


180 




190 


mA 



NOTE: 



2. Parameter guaranteed by design or characterization and not production tested. 



1-54 



HI-5700 



Timing Waveforms 



CLOCK 



ENCODER DATA IS 
COMPARATOR DATA LATCHED INTO THE 

IS LATCHED OUTPUT REGISTERS 

/ / 
SAMPLE SAMPLE SAMPLE £_ SAMPLE 'SAMPLE , 

N-2 / AUTO \ N-1 / AUTO \ N / AUTO \ N+1 / AUTO \ N+2 / 




FIGURE 1. INPUT-TO-OUTPUT TIMING 



CE1 



CE2 



D0-D7 



tois 

H**1 



y 



DATA 



> 



y DATA S 
*S / 



OVF 



DATA 



IMPEDANCE 



< 



DATA 



FIGURE 2. OUTPUT ENABLE TIMING 



1-55 



HI-5700 



Typical Performance Curves 

EFFECTIVE NUMBER OF BITS vs fin 



EFFECTIVE NUMBER OF BITS vs TEMPERATURE 




0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 
INPUT FREQUENCY - (In (MHz) 



-60 -40 -20 +20 +40 +60 +80 +100 +120 +140 
TEMPERATURE (°C) 



SNR vs TEMPERATURE TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION vs TEMPERATURE 




TEMPERATURE (°C) TEMPERATURE (°C) 



INL vs TEMPERATURE DNL vs TEMPERATURE 




-60 -40 -20 +20 +40 +60 +80 +100 +120 +140 -60 -40 -20 +20 +40 +60 +80 +100 +120 +140 



TEMPERATURE (°C) TEMPERATURE (°C) 



1-56 



HI-5700 



Typical Performance Curves (continued) 

OFFSET VOLTAGE vs. TEMPERATURE 

8- 




-60 -40 -20 +20 +40 +60 +80 +100 +120 +140 
TEMPERATURE (°C) 



FULL SCALE ERROR vs TEMPERATURE 



2 -i 




■ 5V, 




«4V 














1.5- 
1 - 






















0.5 - 








F S - 


20Mf 












- 




Fs- 


15MK 





































+20 +40 +60 +80 +100 +120 +140 
:(°C) 



OUTPUT DELAY vs TEMPERATURE 



10 





= sv,'v R ef, 

I 


= 4V 
















AD = 


OpF 




















toD 








•ho 


.D 













































-60 -40 -20 +20 +40 +60 +80 +100 +120 +140 
TEMPERATURE (°C) 



POWER SUPPLY REJECTION vs TEMPERATURE 



VdO , = 5V,V bef J=4V 



PSRR VOS 



PSRR FSE 



-60 -40 -20 +20 +40 +60 +80 +100 +120 +140 
TEMPERATURE (°C) 



SUPPLY CURRENT vs TEMPERATURE SUPPLY CURRENT vs CLOCK & DUTY CYCLE 




-60 -40 -20 +20 +40 +60 +80 +100 +120 +140 0.1 1 10 1 00 

TEMPERATURE (°C) CLOCK FREQUENCY (MHz) 



1-57 



HI-5700 



TABLE 1. PIN DESCRIPTION 



PIN # 


NAME 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


CLK 


Clock Input 


2 


D7 


Bit 7, Output (MSB) 


3 


D6 


Bit 6, Output 


4 


D5 


Bit 5, Output 


5 


D4 


Bit 4, Output 


6 


1/4R 


1/4th Point of Reference Ladder 


7 


V D D 


Digital Power Supply 


8 


GND 


Digital Ground 


9 


3/4R 


3/4th Point of Reference Ladder 


10 


D3 


Bit 3, Output 


11 


D2 


Bit 2, Output 


12 


D1 


Bit 1, Output 


13 


DO 


Rit Oiitnnt il ^R^ 


14 


OVF 




15 


CE2 


ThroA 9tatp Oiitnnt Fnahlp Innut Art'ma Hinh 
■ mot? oldie wuipui ciidum inpui, niftivo niyn. 

(See Table 2) 


16 


CE1 


Three State Output Enable Input, Active Low. 
(See Table 2) 


17 


Vref* 


Reference Voltage Positive Input 


18 


AVdd 


Analog Power Supply, +5V 


19 


AGND 


Analog Ground 


20 


AGND 


Analog Ground 


21 


AV DD 


Analog Power Supply, +5V 


22 


1/2R 


1/2 Point of Reference Ladder 




AV D d 


Analog Power Supply, +5V 


24 


AGND 


rti idiuy v_ji uui hj 


25 


AGND 


Analog Ground 


26 


AVdd 


Analog Power Supply, +5V 


27 


Vref- 


Reference Voltage Negative Input 


28 


V IN 


Analog Input 



Theory of Operation 

The HI-5700 is an 8 bit analog-to-digital converter based on 
a parallel CMOS "flash'' architecture. This flash technique is 
an extremely fast method of A/D conversion because all bit 
decisions are made simultaneously. In all, 256 comparators 
are used in the HI-5700: (2 s - 1) comparators to encode the 
output word, plus an additional comparator to detect an 
overflow condition. 



The CMOS HI-5700 works by alternately switching between 
a "Sample" mode and an "Auto Balance" mode. Splitting up 
the comparison process in this CMOS technique offers a 
number of significant advantages. The offset voltage of each 
CMOS comparator is dynamically canceled with each con- 
version cycle such that offset voltage drift is virtually elimi- 
nated during operation. The block diagram and timing 
diagram illustrate how the HI-5700 CMOS flash converter 
operates. 

The input clock which controls the operation of the HI-5700 
is first split into a non-inverting <t>1 clock and an inverting <p2 
clock. These two clocks, in turn, synchronize all internal tim- 
ing of analog switches and control logic within the converter 

In the "Auto Balance" mode ($1), all $1 switches close and 
*2 switches open. The output of each comparator is 
momentarily tied to its own input, self-biasing the comparator 
midway between GND and V DD and presenting a low 
impedance to a small input capacitor. Each capacitor, in turn, 
is connected to a reference voltage tap from the resistor 
ladder. The Auto Balance mode quickly precharges all 256 
input capacitors between the self-bias voltage and each 
respective tap voltage. 

In the "Sample" mode (4>2), all $1 switches open and <p2 
switches close. This places each comparator in a sensitive 
high gain amplifier configuration. In this open loop state, the 
input impedance is very high and any small voltage shift at 
the input will drive the output either high or low. The <j>2 state 
also switches each input capacitor from its reference tap to 
the input signal. This instantly transfers any voltage differ- 
ence between the reference tap and input voltage to the 

comparator input. All 256 comparators are thus driven simul- 
taneously to a defined logic state. For example, if the input 
voltage is at mid-scale, capacitors precharged near zero dur- 
ing $1 will push comparator inputs higher than the self bias 
voltage at d>2; capacitors precharged near the reference volt- 
age push the respective comparator inputs lower than the 
bias point. In general, all capacitors precharged by taps 
above the input voltage force a "low" voltage at comparator 
inputs; those precharged below the input voltage force "high" 
inputs at the comparators. 

During the next $1 Auto- Balancing state, comparator output 
data is latched into the encoder logic block and the first 
stage of encoding takes place. The following $2 state com- 
pletes the encoding process. The 8 data bits (plus overflow 
bit) are latched into the output flip-flops at the next falling 
clock edge. The Overflow bit is set if the input voltage 
exceeds V REF+ - 0.5LSB. The output bus may be either 
enabled or disabled according to the state of CE1 and CE2 
(See Table 2). When disabled, output bits assume a high 
impedance state. 

As shown in the timing diagram, the digital output word 
becomes valid after the second $1 state. There is thus a one 
and a half cycle pipeline delay between input sample and 
digital output. "Data Output Delay" time indicates the slight 
time delay for data to become valid at the end of the $1 
state. 



1-58 



HI-5700 



Applications Information 

Voltage Reference 

The reference voltage is applied across the resistor ladder 
between V REF+ and V REF .. In most applications, V REF . is 
simply tied to analog ground such that the reference source 
drives V REF+ . The reference must be capable of supplying 
enough current to drive the minimum ladder resistance of 
235Q over temperature. 

The HI-5700 is specified for a reference voltage of 4.0 volts, 
but will operate with voltages as high as the V 0D supply. In 
the case of 4.0 volt reference operation, the converter 
encodes the analog input into a binary output in LSB incre- 
ments of (V REF+ - V REF _)/256, or 1 5.6mV. Reducing the ref- 
erence voltage reduces the LSB size proportionately and 
thus increases linearity errors. The minimum practical refer- 
ence voltage is about 2.5 volts. Because the reference volt- 
age terminals are subjected to internal transient currents 
during conversion, it is important to drive the reference pins 
from a low impedance source and to decouple thoroughly. 
Again, ceramic and tantalum (0.01 u,F and 10u,F) capacitors 
near the package pin are recommended. It is not necessary 
to decouple the 1/4R, 1/2R, and 3/4R tap point pins for most 
applications. 

It is possible to elevate V REF . from ground if necessary. In 
this case, the V REF . pin must be driven from a low imped- 
ance reference capable of sinking the current through the 
resistor ladder. Careful decoupling is again recommended. 

Digital Control and Interface 

The HI-5700 provides a standard high speed interface to 
external CMOS and TTL logic families. Two chip enable 
inputs control the three-state outputs of output bits DO 
through D7 and the Overflow (OVF) bit. As indicated in the 
Truth Table, all output bits are high impedance when CE2 is 
low, and outpu t bits DO through D7 are independently con- 
trolled by CE1. 

Although the Digital Outputs are capable of handling typical 
data bus loading, the bus capacitance charge/discharge cur- 
rents will produce supply and local group disturbances. 
Therefore, an external bus driver is recommended. 

Clock 

The clock should be properly terminated to digital ground 
near the clock input pin. Clock frequency defines the conver- 
sion frequency and controls the converter as described in 
the "Theory of Operation" section. The Auto Balance <|>1 half 
cycle of the clock may be reduced to approximately 20ns; 
the Sample <f>2 half cycle may be varied from a minimum of 
25ns to a maximum of 5us. 

Signal Source 

A current pulse is present at the analog input (V, N ) at the 
beginning of every sample and auto balance period. The 
transient current is due to comparator charging and switch 



feedthrough in the capacitor array. It varies with the ampli- 
tude of the analog input and the converter's sampling rate. 

The signal source must absorb these transients prior to the 
end of the sample period to ensure a valid signal for conver- 
sion. Suitable broad band amplifiers or buffers which exhibit 
low output impedance and high output drive include the 
HFA-0005, HA-5004, HA-5002, and HA-5003. 

The signal source may drive above or below the power sup- 
ply rails, but should not exceed 0.5V beyond the rails or 
damage may occur. Input voltages of -0.5V to +0.5LSB are 
converted to all zeroes; input voltages of V REF+ -0.5LSB to 
V DD +0.5V are converted to all ones with the Overflow bit 
set. 

Full Scale Offset Error Adjustment 

In applications where accuracy is of utmost importance, 
three adjustments can be made; i.e., offset, gain, and refer- 
ence tap point trims. In general, offset and gain correction 
can be done in the preamp circuitry. 

Offset Adjustment 

Offset correction can be done in the preamp driving the con- 
verter by introducing a DC component to the input signal. An 
alternate method is to adjust V REF - to produce the desired 
offset. It is adjusted such that the to 1 code transition 
occurs at 0.5LSB. 

Gain Adjustment 

In general, full scale error correction can be done in the 
preamp circuitry by adjusting the gain of the op amp. An 
alternate method is to adjust the V REF + voltage. The refer- 
ence voltage is the ideal location. 

Quarter Point Adjustment 

The reference tap points are brought out for linearity adjust- 
ment or creating a nonlinear transfer function if desired. It is 
not necessary to decouple the 1/4R, 1/2R, and 3/4R tap 
points in most applications. 

Power Supplies 

The HI-5700 operates nominally from 5 volt supplies but will 
work from 3 volts to 6 volts. Power to the device is split such 
that analog and digital circuits within the HI-5700 are pow- 
ered separately. The analog supply should be well regulated 
and "clean" from significant noise, especially high frequency 
noise. The digital supply should match the analog supply 
within about 0.5 volts and should be referenced externally to 
the analog supply at a single point. Analog and digital 
grounds should not be separated by more that 0.5 volts. It is 
recommended that power supply decoupling capacitors be 
placed as close to the supply pins as possible. A combina- 
tion of 0.01 u.F ceramic and 10uF tantalum capacitors is rec- 
ommended for this purpose as shown in the test circuit. 



1-59 



HI-5700 



Reducing Power Consumption TABLE 2 - CHIP enable truth table 

Power dissipation in the HI-5700 is related to clock 
frequency and clock duty cycle. For a fixed 50% clock duty 
cycle, power may be reduced by lowering the clock 
frequency. For a given conversion frequency, power may be 
reduced by decreasing the Auto-Balance (<|>1) portion of the 
clock duty cycle. This relationship is illustrated in the 
performance curves. 

X's = Don't Care. 



TABLE 3. CODE TABLE 



CODE 


INPUT VOLTAGE* 
V BE F.= 4.0V 
V REF . = 0.0V 
(V) 


DECIMAL 




MSB 




BINARY OUTPUT CODE 




LSB 


DESCRIPTION 


COUNT 


OVF 


D7 


D6 


D5 


D4 


D3 


D2 


D1 


DO 


Overflow (OVF) 


4.000 


511 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


Full Scale (FS) 


3.9375 


255 


o 






1 


1 


1 


1 


] 


1 


FS - 1 LSB 


3.875 


254 





1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 





3/4 FS 


3.000 


192 





1 


1 




















1/2 FS 


2.000 


128 





1 























1/4 FS 


1.000 


64 








1 




















1 LSB 


0.0156 


1 


























1 


Zero 




































• The voltages listed above represent the ideal transition of each output code shown as a function of the reference voltage. 



ceT 


CE2 


DO - D7 


OVF 





1 


Valid 


Valid 


1 


1 


Three-State 


Valid 


X 





Three-State 


Three-State 



1-60 



HI-5700 




TO ANALOG GND 



FIGURE 3. TEST CIRCUIT 



Glossary of Terms 

Aperture Delay: Aperture delay is the time delay between 
the external sample command (the rising edge of the clock) 
and the time at which the signal is actually sampled. This 
delay is due to internal clock path propagation delays. 

Aperture Jitter: This is the RMS variation in the aperture 
delay due to variation of internal <|>1 and <)>2 clock path delays 
and variation between the individual comparator switching 
times. 

Differential Linearity Error (DNL): The differential linearity 
error is the difference in LSBs between the spacing of the 
measured midpoint of adjacent codes and the spacing of 
ideal midpoints of adjacent codes. The ideal spacing of each 
midpoint is 1.0LSB. The range of values possible is from 
-1.0LSB (which implies a missing code) to greater than 
+1.0LSB. 

Full Power Input Bandwidth: Full power bandwidth is the 
frequency at which the amplitude of the fundamental of the 
digital output word has decreased 3dB below the amplitude 
of an input sine wave. The input sine wave has a peak-to- 
peak amplitude equal to the reference voltage. The band- 
width given is measured at the specified sampling frequency. 

Full Scale Error (FSE): Full Scale Error is the difference 
between the actual input voltage of the 254 to 255 code tran- 
sition and the ideal value of V REF+ - 1.5LSB. This error is 
©x|Dr@ss@d in L^L^s. 

Integral Linearity Error (INL): The integral linearity error is 
the difference in LSBs between the measured code centers 
and the ideal code centers. The ideal code centers are cal- 
culated using a best fit line through the converter's transfer 
function. 



LSB: Least Significant Bit = (V REF+ - V REF _)/256. All HI-5700 
specifications are given for a 1 5.6mV LSB size V REF+ = 4.0V, 
V REF . = 0.0V. 

Offset Error (VOS): Offset error is the difference between 
the actual input voltage of the to 1 code transition and the 
ideal value of V REF . + 0.5LSB, V os Error is expressed in 
LSBs. 

Power Supply Rejection Ratio (PSRR): PSRR is 
expressed in LSBs and is the maximum shift in code transi- 
tion points due to a power supply voltage shift. This is mea- 
sured at the to 1 code transition point and the 254 to 255 
code transition point with a power supply voltage shift from 
the nominal value of 5.0V. 

Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR): SNR is the ratio in dB of the 
RMS signal to RMS noise at specified input and sampling 
frequencies. 

Signal to Noise and Distortion Ratio (SINAD): SINAD is 
the ratio in dB of the RMS signal to the RMS sum of the 
noise and harmonic distortion at specified input and sam- 
pling frequencies. 

Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): THD is the ratio in dBc of 
the RMS sum of the first five harmonic components to the 
RMS signal for a specified input and sampling frequency. 



1-61 



SI 



SEMICONDUCTOR 



HI-5700/883 



July 1992 



8-Bit, 20MSPS Flash A/D Converter 



Features 

• This Circuit is Processed in Accordance to Mll-Std- 
883 and is Fully Conformant Under the Provisions of 
Paragraph 1.2.1. 

• 20MSPS with No Missing Codes 

• 18MHz Full Power Input Bandwidth 

• No Missing Codes Over Temperature 

• Sample and Hold Not Required 

• Single +5V Supply Voltage 

• CMOS/TTL 

• Overflow Bit 

Applications 

• Video Digitizing 

• Radar Systems 

• Medical Imaging 

• Communication Systems 

• High Speed Data Acquisition Systems 



Description 

The HI-5700/883 is a monolithic, 8-bit, CMOS Flash Analog- 
to-Digital Converter. It is designed for high speed applica- 
tions where wide bandwidth and low power consumption are 
essential. Its 20MSPS speed is made possible by a parallel 
architecture which also eliminates the need for an external 
sample and hold circuit. The HI-5700/883 delivers ±0.5LSB 
differential nonlinearity while consuming only 725mW (typi- 
cal) at 20MSPS. Microprocessor compatible data output 
latches are provided which present valid data to the output 
bus 1.5 clock cycles after the convert command is received. 
An overflow bit is provided to allow the series connection of 
two converters to achieve 9 bit resolution. 



Ordering Information 



PART NUMBER 


TEMPERATURE 
RANGE 


PACKAGE 


HI1-5700S/883 


-55°Cto+125°C 


28 Pin CERDIP 



Pinout 



28 PIN CERCIP 

TOP VIEW 



clk|T 




2|V IN 


D7[T 




27]V nEF . 


DS|T 




§AV DD 


D5(T 




2§ AGND 


D4[£ 




24] AGND 


1/4R[T 




Hav dd 


Vdo|T 




22|1/2R 


gnd[T 




2l]AV DD 


3/4R[g 




20j AGND 


D3Qo 




ISjAGND 


D2QT 




1|AV D[) 


D1 Q2 




gv BEF . 


DOlTj 




gcET 


OVFfu 




l|CE2 



Functional Block Diagram 



VREF^OZr 



3/4R[T|- 



iraRgU- 



i H' l^COMP 



1/4R[£)- 



VflEF-HZr 




R/2 



r4h 



f 183 



CO, 

I 8 



-s- 



-^-[S]D4 



CLK [Tj [ 



-^-[2] D7 (MSB) 
S D6 



D3 
D2 
D1 



01 
- 02 



4Q---j-01«.(LSB) 
— JJJ|CE2 



Voo[T| AV DD |3]f|l]^]0 
gno [J] »ono|4]||]|19]|3 



CAUTION: These devices are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. Users should follow proper I.C. Handling Procedures. 
Copyright ©Harris Corporation 1992 



File Number 3286 



HI-5700/883 



Pin Descriptions 














PIN* 


NAME 






PIN* 


NAME 


DESCRIPTION 






1 


CLK 


f'Mn/'t Innitt 
V_>IUOK llipul 




18 


AW 

MV D0 


Analog Power Supply, +5V 






2 


D7 


Rit 7 C)i itni it fMQR\ 




19 


AGND 


Analog Ground 






3 


D6 


Rit fi r% itni it 
Dll O, VJUtpul 




20 


AGND 


Analog Ground 






4 


D5 


Rit C /"li itni it 
Dll 0, UUipUl 




21 


AM 
A»DD 


Analog Power Supply, +5V 






5 


D4 


nit a r"v itnut 
D(I 4, UUtpUt 




22 


1/2R 


1/2 Point ot Reference Ladder 






6 


1/4R 


t lAth Dnint nf Dafaunoa 1 nHnar 

i/4in roini oi neierenc© Laaaer 




23 


AW 

AV DD 


Analog Power Supply, +5V 






7 


Vdd 


Dinitai Pnuiar ^nnnlu 
LMyiUSI "UWbl ouppiy 




24 


AGND 


Analog Ground 






8 


GND 






25 


AGND 


Analog Ground 






9 


3/4R 


QMtti Dnint nl Dolaranao 1 nririnr 

o/*»m r oini oi neierence Laaaer 




26 


avdd 


Analog Power Supply, +5V 






10 


D3 


Rit 1 O* itni it 

dii o, vjuipui 




27 


w 

V BEF- 


Reference Voltage Negative Input 






11 


D2 


Rit 9 Oi itni it 
Dll £., *-^uipui 




28 


V,N 


Analog Input 






12 


D1 


Rit 1 Oi itni it 
Dll 1 , LAJlOUl 












13 


DO 


Bit 0, Output (USB) 


Chip Enable Truth Table 






14 


OVF 


Overflow, Output 




CE1 


CE2 


D0-D7 


OVF 






15 


CE2 


1 ill tit; oldie LJUtpUl CNdUle llipui, 

Active High. (See Truth Table) 







1 


Valid 


Valid 












1 


1 


Three-State 


Valid 






16 


CE1 


Three State Output Enable Input, 
Active Low. (See Truth Table)) 










X 





Three- State 


Three-State 






17 


Vref* 


Reference Voltage Positive Input 


X = Don't Care. 





















1-63 



Specifications HI-5700/883 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 

Supply Voltage, V DD to GND (GND - 0.5) < V DD < +7.0V 

Analog and Reference Input Pins. . (Vgg - 0.5) < V, NA < (V D0 +0.5V) 

Digital I/O Pins (GND - 0.5) <V IX) < (V DD +0.5V) 

Operating Temperature Range 

HI1-5700S/883 -55°C to +125°C 

Junction Temperature +175°C 

Storage Temperature Range -65°C to +1 50°C 

Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10 sec.) 300°C 

ESD Clasification Class 1 



28°C/W 



Thermal Information 

Thermal Resistance Oj, 
HI1-5700S/883 47°C/W 

Power Dissipation at +75°C (Note 1) 
HI1-5700S/883 2100mW 

Power Dissipation Derating Factor Above +75°C 
HI1-5700S/883 21mW/°C 

Reliabiliy Infonnation 

Transistor Count 14677 

Worst Case Density 3.05 x itfA/cm 2 



NOTE: 

1 . Dissipation rating assumes device is mounted with all leads 
soldered to printed circuit board. 

CAUTION: Stresses above those listed in 'Absolute Maximum Ratings" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress only rating and operation 
of the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 



TABLE 1. DC ELECTRICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 

Device Tested at: AV DD = V DD = +5.0V; V REF , = +4.0V; V REF . = GND = AGND = 0V; F s = Specified Clock Frequency © 50% Duty Cycle; 
C L = 30pF; Unless Otherwise Specified. 



DC PARAMETERS 


SYMBOL 


CONDITIONS 


GROUP A 
SUBGROUP 


TEMPERATURE 


LIMITS 


UNIT 


MIN 


MAX 


ACCURACY 


Integral Linearity Error 
(Best Fit Method) 


INL 


F s = 15MHz, f in = DC 


1 


+25°C 




±2.0 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±2.65 


LSB 


F s = 20MHz, f in = DC 


1 


+25°C 




±2.25 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±4.1 


LSB 


Differential Linearity Error 
(Guaranteed No Missing 
Codes) 


DNL 


F s =15MHz,f in = DC 


1 


+25°C 




±0.9 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±1.0 


LSB 


F s = 20MHz, f in = DC 


1 


+25°C 




±0.9 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±1.0 


LSB 


Offset Error 
(Adjustable to zero) 


VOS 


F s = 15MHz, f in = DC 


1 


+25°C 




±8.0 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±9.5 


LSB 


F s = 20MHz, f>„ = DC 


1 


+25°C 




±8.0 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±9.5 


LSB 


Full Scale Error 
(Adjustable to zero) 


FSE 


F s = 15MHz, f in = DC 


1 


+25°C 




±4.5 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±8.0 


LSB 


F s = 20MHz, f in = DC 


1 


+25°C 




±4.5 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±8.0 


LSB 


ANALOG INPUT 


Analog Input Resistance 


R IN 


V IN = 4V 


1 


+25°C 


4 




M£2 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 


4 




MO 


Analog Input Bias Current 


>B 


V IN = 0V,4V 


1 


+25°C 




±1.0 


UA 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±1.0 


uA 



1-64 



Specifications HI-5700/883 



TABLE 1 . DC ELECTRICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (Continued) 

Device Tested at: AV DD = V DD = +5.0V; V REF , = +4.0V; V HEF . = GND = AGND = OV; F s = Specified Clock Frequency ® 50% Duty Cycle; 
C L = 30pF; Unless Otherwise Specified. 



DC PARAMETERS 


SYMBOL 


CONDITIONS 


GROUP A 
SUBGROUP 


TEMPERATURE 


LIMITS 


UNIT 


MIN 


MAX 


REFERENCE INPUT 


Total Reference Resistance 


Rl 




1 


+25°C 


250 




a 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 


235 




a 


DIGITAL INPUTS 


Input High Voltage 


V,H 




1 


+25°C 


2.0 




V 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 


2.0 




V 


Input Low Voltage 



V,L 




1 


+25°C 




0.8 


V 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




0.8 


V 


Logic Input Current 


■in 


V, N = 0V, +5V 


1 


+25°C 




±1 


HA 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±1 


UA 


DIGITAL OUTPUTS 


Output Leakage 


taz 


CE2 = 0V,V o = 0V,5V 


1 


+25°C 




±1.0 


uA 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±1.0 


UA 


Output Logic Source Current 


'oh 


V = 4.5V 


1 


+25°C 


-3.2 




mA 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 


-3.2 




mA 


Output Logic Sink Current 


l0L 


V = 0.4V 


1 


+25°C 


3.2 




mA 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 


3.2 




mA 


POWER SUPPLY REJECTION 


Offset Error PSRR 


AVOS 


V DD = 5V±10% 


1 


+25°C 




±2.75 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±5.5 


LSB 


Gain Error PSRR 


AFSE 


V DO = 5V±10% 


1 


+25°C 




±2.75 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±5.5 


LSB 


POWER SUPPLY CURRENT 


Supply Current 




F s = 20MHz 


1 


+25°C 




180 


mA 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




190 


mA 



1-65 



Specifications HI-5700/883 



TABLE 2. AC ELECTRICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 

Device Tested at: AV DD = V DD = +5.0V; V REF< . = 44.0V; V REF . = GND = AGND = 0V; F s = Specified Clock Frequency © 50% Duty Cycle; 
C L = 30pF; Unless Otherwise Specified. 



AC PARAMETER 


SYMBOL 


CONDITIONS 


GROUP A 
SUBGROUP 


TEMPERATURE 


LIMITS 


UNIT 


MIN 


MAX 


Maximum Conversion Rate 




No Missing Codes 


9 


+25°C 


20 


- 


MSPS 


10,11 


+125°C, -55°C 


20 


- 


MSPS 


Data Output Enable Time 






9 


+25°C 


- 


25 


ns 


10, 11 


+125°C, -55°C 


- 


30 


ns 


Data Output Disable Time 


tois 




9 


+25°C 




20 


ns 


10, 11 


+125°C, -55°C 




25 


ns 


Data Output Delay 


toD 




9 


+25°C 




25 


ns 


10, 11 


+125°C, -55°C 




30 


ns 


Data Output Hold 


1+1 




9 


+25°C 


10 




ns 


10, 11 


+125°C, -55°C 


5 




ns 



TABLE 3. ELECTRICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 

Device Characterized at: AV DD = V D0 = +5.0V; V REF ^ = +4.0V; V REF . = GND = AGND = 0V; F s = Specified Clock Frequency © 50% Duty 
Cycle; C L = 30pF; Unless Otherwise Specified. 



PARAMETER 


SYMBOL 


CONDITIONS 


TEMPERAUTRE 


LIMITS 


UNIT 


MIN 


MAX 


Minimum Conversion Rate 




No missing codes 


+25°C, +125°C,-55°C 




0.125 


MSPS 



NOTE: 

2. Parameters listed in Table 3 are controlled via design or process parameters and are not directly tested at final production. These pa- 
rameters are lab characterized upon initial design release, or upon design changes. These parameters are guaranteed by character- 
ization based upon data from multiple production runs which reflect lot to lot and within lot variation. 



TABLE 4. ELECTRICAL TEST REQUIREMENTS 



MIL-STD-883 TEST REQUIREMENTS 


SUBGROUPS (SEE TABLES 1 & 2) 


Interim Electrical Parameters (Pre Burn-In) 


1 


Final Electrical Test Parameters 


1*, 2, 3, 9, 10, 11 


Group A Test Requirements 


1,2, 3, 9,10,11 


Groups C & D Endpoints 


1 



• PDA applies to Subgroup 1 only. No other subgroups are included in PDA. 



1-66 



Specifications HI-5700/883 



Timing Waveforms 



C ,NpSt / AUTO \ ""N-l" / AUTO \~ * I AUTO \ / AUTO \ "N+2 / 



SAMPLE 



SAMPLE 



SAMPLE 



ENCODER DATA IS 
LATCHED INTO THE 
OUTPUT F 



SAMPLE 




OUTPUT DATA N-4 ^ DATA N-3 ) >< ^ DATA N-2 ^ DATA N-1 ^ X ^~ DATA j 



FIGURE 1. INPUT-TO-OUTPUT TIMING 



CE1 



\ V 



'cms 



-I I 



°°- m ~^r\ HIGH / DATA N HIGH / DATA 
/ IMPEDANCEN / IMPEDANCE\ 



OVF 



DATA 



\ HIGH / 
/ IMPEDANCE\ 



DATA 



FIGURE 2. OUTPUT ENABLE TIMING 



1-67 



HI-5700/883 



Burn-In Circuit 



HI-5700/883 CERAMIC DIP 



10 DUTY CYCLE 



1 00kHz; < V< 5 VOLTS 



CE2 15} 



O +5.SV 




XL 

GND 



0.01|lF 



TRIANGLE-WAVEFORM; 
'in a 



jfcO.OIpiF il^F 



VGNO 



V GND 



1-68 



HI-5700/883 



Metallization Topology 

DIE DIMENSIONS: 

154.3 x 173.2 x19±1mils 

METALLIZATION: 

Type: Si-AI 
Thickness: 11kA±1kA 

GLASSIVATION: 

Type: SiO z 

Thickness: 8kA ± 1kA 

DIE ATTACH: 

Material: Gold Silicon Eutectic Alloy 
Temperature:Ceramic DIP - 460°C (Max) 

WORST CASE CURRENT DENSITY: 

3.05 x 10 4 A/cm 2 

Metallization Mask Layout 




1-69 



HI-5700/883 



Packaging* 



28 PIN CERAMIC DIP 




.150 
.180 



.150 WIN 



098 MAX 



.535 




















.595 



— ^ .008 *" 
.015 



IS* 



INCREASE MAX LIMIT BY .003 INCHES 
MEASURED AT CENTER OF FLAT FOR 
• SOLDER FINISH 



LEAD MATERIAL: Type B 
LEAD FINISH: Type A 

PACKAGE MATERIAL: Ceramic, 90% Alumina 
PACKAGE SEAL: 

Material: Glass Frit 
Temperature: 450°C ± 10°C 
Furnace Seal 



INTERNAL LEAD WIRE: 

Material: Aluminum 
Diameter: 1.25 Mil 
Bonding Method: Ultrasonic 
COMPLIANT OUTLINE: 38510-D-10 



NOTE: All Dimensions are "j". Dimensions are in inches. 



t Mil-M-38510 Compliant Materials, Finishes and Dimensions 



1-70 



m HARRIS 

SEMICONDUCTOR 



HI-5701 



July 1992 



6 Bit, 30 MSPS Flash A/D Converter 



Features 

• 30 MSPS with No Missing Codes 

• 20MHz Full Power Input Bandwidth 

• No Missing Codes Over Temperature 

• Sample and Hold Not Required 

• Single +5V Supply Voltage 

• 300mW (Max) Power Dissipation 

• CMOS/TTL Compatible 

• Overflow Bit 

Applications 

• Video Digitizing 

• Radar Systems 

• Communication Systems 

• High Speed Data Acquisition Systems 



Description 

The HI-5701 is a monolithic, 6 bit, CMOS flash Analog-to- 
Digital Converter. It is designed for high speed applications 
where wide bandwidth and low power consumption are 
essential. Its 30 MSPS speed is made possible by a parallel 
architecture which also eliminates the need for an external 
sample and hold circuit. The HI-5701 delivers ±0.7LSB 
differential nonlinearity while consuming only 250mW 
(typical) at 30 MSPS. Microprocessor compatible data 
output latches are provided which present valid data to the 
output bus 1.5 clock cycles after the convert command is 
received. An overflow bit is provided to allow the series 
connection of two converters to achieve 7 bit resolution. 

The HI-5701 is available in Commercial and Industrial 
temperature ranges and is supplied in 18 pin Plastic DIP and 
SOIC packages. 



Ordering Information 



PART 
NUMBER 


TEMPERATURE 
RANGE 


PACKAGE 


HI3-5701K-5 


0°C to +75°C 


18 Pin Plastic DIP 


HI9P5701K-5 


0°C to +75°C 


18 Pin SOIC 


HI3-5701B-9 


-40°C to +85°C 


18 Pin Plastic DIP 


HI9P5701B-9 


-40°C to +85°C 


18 Pin SOIC 



Pinout 



18 PIN PLASTIC DIP AND SOIC 
TOP VIEW 



OS (MSB) [7 




18] D4 


OVF [I 




17] D3 


Vss [I 




)5] 1«R 


NC [7 




ij] 02 


CE2 [? 




U] D1 


ceT [T 




13] DO (LSB) 


CLK [T 




•HVdo 


PHASE |T 




n]v w 


VflEF, LI 




LIDvref. 



CAUTION: These devices are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. Users should follow proper I.C. Handling Procedures. 
Copyright © Harris Corporation 1992 



File Number 2937.3 



HI-5701 



Functional Block Diagram 



01 02 01 01 02 




1-72 



Specifications HI-5701 



Thermal Information 



75°C/W 
95°C/W 



6 ic 
26°C/W 



26°C/W 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 

Supply Voltage, V D0 to V ss (Vss - 0.5) < V 0D < +7.0V 

Analog and Reference Input Pins (Vss " 0.5) < V,^ <: (V DD -(0.5V) 

Digital I/O Pins (V^ - 0.5) < V,yo < (V DD +0-5V) 

Operating Temperature Range 

HI3-5701-5 0°Cto+75°C 

HI9P5701-9 -40°C to +65°C 

Junction Temperature +1 50°C 

Storage Temperature Range -65°C to +150°C 

Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10 sec.) 300°C 

NOTE: 

1 . Dissipation rating assumes device is mounted with all leads soldered to printed circuit board. 

CAUTION: Stresses above those listed in the 'Absolute Maximum Ratings' may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress only rating and opera- 
tion of the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the operation section ot this specification is not implied. 



Thermal I 

HI3-5701 

HI9P5701 

Power Dissipation at +75°C (Note 1) 

HI3-5701-5 1000mW 

HI9P5701-9 790mW 

Power Dissipation Derating Factor Above +75°C 

HI3-5701-5 13mW/°C 

HI9P5701-9 10.5mW/°C 



Electrical Specifications: V DD = +5.0V; V REF , = +4.0V; V REF . = V^ = GND; F s = Specified Clock Frequency © 50% Duty Cycle; 
C L - 30pF; Unless Otherwise Specified. 



PARAMETER 


TEST CONDITION 


+25°C 


(NOTE 2) 
0°C to +75°C 
-40°C to +85°C 


UNITS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


MAX 


SYSTEM PERFORMANCE 


Resolution 




6 






6 




Bits 


Integral Linearity Error (INL) 
(Best Fit Line) 


F s = 20MHz 
F s = 30MHz 




±0.5 
±1.5 


±1.25 




±2.0 


LSB 
LSB 


Differential Linearity Error (DNL) 
(Guaranteed No Missing Codes) 


F s > 20MHz 
F s = 30MHz 




±0.3 
±0.7 


±0.6 




±0.75 


LSB 
LSB 


Offset Error (VOS) 
(Adjustable to Zero) 


F s = 20MHz (Note 2) 
F s = 30MHz 




±0.5 
±0.5 


±2.0 




±2.5 


LSB 
LSB 


Full Scale Error (FSE) 
(Adjustable to Zero) 


F s = 20MHz (Note 2) 
F s = 30MHz 




±0.25 
±0.25 


±2.0 




±2.5 


LSB 
LSB 


DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS 


Maximum Conversion Rate 


No Missing Codes 


30 


40 




30 




MSPS 


Minimum Conversion Rate 


No Missing Codes (Note 2) 






0.125 




0.125 


MSPS 


Full Power Input Bandwidth 


F s = 30MHz 




20 








MHz 


Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) 
RMS Signal 

RMS Nois© 


F s = 1 MHz, f, N = 100kHz 
F s = 30MHz, f m = 4MHz 




36 
31 








dB 
dB 


Signal to Noise Ratio (SINAD) 
RMS Signal 

RMS Noise + Distortion 


F s = 1 MHz, f, N = 100kHz 
F s = 30MHz, f iN = 4MHz 




35 
30 








dB 
dB 


Total Harmonic Distortion 


F s = 1 MHz, f, N = 100kHz 
F s = 30MHz, f, N = 4MHz 




-44 

-38 








dBc 
dBc 


Differential Gain 


F s = 14.32MHz, f lN = 3.58MHz 




2 








% 


Differential Phase 


F s = 14.32MHz, f IN = 3.58MHz 




2 








Degree 


ANALOG INPUT 



1-73 



Specifications HI-5701 



Electrical Specifications: V DD = +5.0V; V REF „ = +4.0V; V REF . = Vss = GND; F 3 = Specified Clock Frequency © 50% Duty Cycle; 
C L = 30pF; Unless Otherwise Specified. (Continued) 



PARAMETER 




+25°C 


(NOTE 2) 
e Cto+75°C 
-40°C to +85°C 


UNITS 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


MAX 


Analog Input Resistance, R m 
Analog Input Capacitance, C IN 
Analog Input Bias Current, IB 


V, N = 4V 

v, N = ov 

V lN = 0V,4V 




30 
20 
0.01 


±1.0 




±1.0 


Mn 

pF 
UA 


REFERENCE INPUT 


Total Reference Resistance, R L 




250 


370 




235 







Reference Resistance Tempco, T^ 






+0.266 








arc 


DIGITAL INPUTS 


Input Logic High Voltage, V IH 
Input Logic Low Voltage, V, L 
Input Logic High Current, l IH 
Input Logic Low Current, l| L 
Input Capacitance, C IN 


Vim = 5V 
V, N = 0V 


2.0 


7 


0.8 
1.0 
1.0 


2.0 


0.8 
1.0 
1.0 


V 
V 
MA 
|iA 
PF 


DIGITAL OUTPUTS 


Output Logic Sink Current, l i_ 
Output Logic Source Current I h 
Output Leakage, I ff 
Output Capacitance, Cqut 


V = 0.4V 
V = 4.5V 
CE2 = 0V 
CE2 = 0V 


3.2 
-3.2 


5.0 


±1.0 


3.2 
-3.2 


±1.0 


mA 
mA 
uA 
PF 


TIMING CHARACTERISTICS 


Aperture Delay, t AP 
Aperture Jitter, t w 
Data Output Enable Time, t^ 
Data Output Disable Time, tois 
Data Output Delay, too 
Data Output Hold, t^ 


(Note 2) 
(Note 2) 
(Note 2) 
(Note 2) 


5 


6 
30 
12 
11 
14 
10 


20 
20 
20 


5 


20 
20 
20 


ns 

PS 

ns 
ns 
ns 
ns 


POWER SUPPLY REJECTION 


Offset Error PSRR, AVOS 
Gain Error PSRR, AFSE 


V DD = 5V±10% 
V DD = 5V± 10% 




±0.1 
±0.1 


±1.0 
±1.0 




±1.5 
±1.5 


LSB 
LSB 


POWER SUPPLY CURRENT 


Supply Current, l DD 


F s = 30MHz 




50 


60 


75 mA 



NOTE: 



2. Parameter guaranteed by design or characterization and not production tested. 



1-74 



HI-S701 



Timing Waveforms 



CLOCK 



HIGH 02 



i 01 r^r\ 01 f 



IS LATCHED 



CLOCK 



SAMPLE SAMPLE 

AUTi 
MM 



SAMPLE 



01 



/ 



ENCODED DATA IS 
LATCHED INTO THE 
OUTPUT REGISTERS 



N ' 2 / AUTO \ N ' 1 / AUTO \ N / AUTO \ w + 1 / AUTO 
LOW BALANCE i. BALANCE i BALANCE BALANCE 

t 



ANALOG 
INPUT 



DATA 
OUTPUT 




02 



SAMPLE 



n+2 r 



X 



DATA N-4 ^>^~ 




DATA N-3 



DATA N-2 



^X ^ DATA N-1 ^ DATAN 



FIGURE 1. INPUT-TO-OUTPUT TIMING 



1 / 



ins 



•en 



•cms 



D0-D5 



OVF 



"T~IT \ HIGH / ~~~~ \ HIGH / ~~~ 

DATA > ( DATA > — ( DATA 

/IMPEDANCE\ / IMPEDANCE\ 



DATA 



'EN 




FIGURE 2. OUTPUT ENABLE TIMING 



1-75 



HI-5701 



Typical Performance Curves 

EFFECTIVE NUMBER OF BITS VS f IN 



1 
m 

UJ 

> 




0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 
INPUT FREQUENCY (l M ) - MHz 



t4 



ENOB V* TEMPERATURE 

























_ 
















F s -1 


MHz,l*. 


100kHz 




































F 


S = 3 


DMH 




*4M 


Hz 




V 


DO = 


I 


= 4V 



















-40 -30 -20 -10 10 20 30 40 50 SO 70 
TEMPERATURE (°C) 




INL VS TEMPERATURE 



DNL VS TEMPERATURE 



m 1 



'IN 

V: 


= 1C 
B-l 


OkH 

V, V 


E 

IE Ft 


= 4V 




































■ 30 






















































■ 1| 


Hz 
























T 





m 05 



-40 -30 -20 -10 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 
TEMPERATURE (°C) 





fa 


"1< 
O- 


KJkH 

>V, V 


z 

REF+ 


= 4\ 


r 




























F 


S = 3 


0MH 


z 














































f 


S = 


MH 


1 

































-40 -30 -20 -10 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 
TEMPERATURE <°C) 



1-76 



HI-5701 



Typical Performance Curves (Continued) 

POWER SUPPLY REJECTION vt TEMPERATURE 



— 1 
Vk 


1 

= 5\ 


1 

1 ± 


1 

10% 


I 

Vre 


I — I 


— 

4V 


















PSR 


RV< 


)S 




































( 


SRR 


FSE 































-10 10 20 30 40 50 
TEMPERATURE (°C) 



60 70 SO SO 



SUPPLY CURRENT vs TEMPERATURE 




20 40 60 

TEMPERATURE (°C) 



100 



SUPPLY CURRENT vs CLOCK AND DUTY CYCLE 




1 10 
CLOCK FREQUENCY (MHz) 



100 



1-77 



HI-5701 



TABLE 1. PIN DESCRIPTION 



PIN# 


NAME 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


D5 


Bit 6, Output (MSB) 


2 


OVF 


Overflow, Output 


3 


Vss 


Digital Ground 


4 


NC 


No Connection 


5 


CE2 


Three-State Output Enable Input, Active 
High (See Table 2). 


6 


ClT 


Three-State Output Enable Input, Active 
Low (See Table 2). 


7 


CLK 


Clock Input 


8 


PHASE 


Sample Clock Phase Control Input. 
When Phase is Low, Sample Unknown 
(01 ) Occurs When the Clock Is Low and 
Auto Balance (02) Occurs When the 
Clock is High (See Text). 


9 




Reference Voltage Positive Input 


10 


v BEF . 


Reference Voltage Negative Input 


11 


V IN 


Analog Signal Input 


12 


Vdd 


Power Supply, +5V 


13 


DO 


Bit 1, Output (LSB) 


14 


D1 


Bit 2, Output 


15 


D2 


Bit 3, Output 


16 


1/2 R2 


Reference Ladder Midpoint 


17 


D3 


Bit 4, Output 


18 


D4 


Bit 5, Output 



Theory of Operation 

The HI-5701 Is a 6 bit analog-to-digital converter based on a 
parallel CMOS "flash" architecture. This flash technique is an 
extremely fast method of A/D conversion because all bit 
decisions are made simultaneously. In all, 64 comparators 
are used in the HI-5701; 63 comparators to encode the 
output word, plus an additional comparator to detect an 
overflow condition. 

The CMOS HI-5701 works by alternately switching between 
a "Sample" mode and an "Auto Balance" mode. Splitting up 
the comparison process in this CMOS technique offers a 
number of significant advantages. The offset voltage of each 
CMOS comparator is dynamically canceled with each 
conversion cycle such that offset voltage drift is virtually 
eliminated during operation. The block diagram and timing 
diagram illustrate how the HI-5701 CMOS flash converter 
operates. 



The input clock which controls the operation of the HI-5701 
is first split into a non-inverting $1 clock and an inverting <p2 
clock. These two clocks, in turn, synchronize all internal 
timing of analog switches and control logic within the 
converter. 

In the "Auto Balance" mode (<|>1), all 4>1 switches close and 
02 switches open. The output of each comparator is 
momentarily tied to its own input, self-biasing the comparator 
midway between V ss and V DD and presenting a low 
impedance to a small input capacitor. Each capacitor, in 
turn, is connected to a reference voltage tap from the 
resistor ladder. The Auto Balance mode quickly precharges 
all 64 input capacitors between the self-bias voltage and 
each respective tap voltage. 

In the "Sample" mode ($2), all $1 switches open and <t>2 
switches close. This places each comparator in a sensitive 
high gain amplifier configuration. In this open loop state, the 
input impedance is very high and any small voltage shift at 
the input will drive the output either high or low. The 02 state 
also switches each input capacitor from its reference tap to 
the input signal. This instantly transfers any voltage 
difference between the reference tap and input voltage to the 
comparator input. All 64 comparators are thus driven 
simultaneously to a defined logic state. For example, if the 
input voltage is at mid-scale, capacitors precharged near 
zero during 01 will push comparator inputs higher than the 
self bias voltage at 02; capacitors precharged near the 
reference voltage push the respective comparator inputs 
lower than the bias point. In general, all capacitors 
precharged by taps above the input voltage force a "low" 
voltage at comparator inputs; those precharged below the 
input voltage force "high" inputs at the comparators. 

During the next 01 state, comparator output data is 
latched into the encoder logic block and the first stage of 
encoding takes place. The following 02 state completes 
the encoding process. The 6 data bits (plus overflow bit) 
are latched into the output flip-flops at the next falling 
clock edge. The Overflow bit is set if the input voltage 
exceeds V REF+ - 1/2LSB. The output bus may be e ither 
enabled or disabled according to the state of CE1 and 
CE2 (See Table 2). When disabled, output bits assume a 
high impedance state. 

As shown in the timing diagram, the digital output word 
becomes valid after the second 01 state. There is thus a one 
and a half cycle pipeline delay between input sample and 
digital output. "Data Output Delay" time indicates the slight 
time delay for data to become valid at the end of the 01 state. 
Refer to the Glossary of Terms for other definitions. 

Applications Information 

Voltage Reference 

The reference voltage is applied across the resistor ladder at 
the input of the converter, between V REFt and V REF .. In most 
applications, V REF . is simply tied to analog ground such that 
the reference source drives V REF+ . The reference must be 
capable of supplying enough current to drive the minimum 
ladder resistance of 235 Ohms over temperature. 



1-78 



HI-5701 



The HI-5701 is specified (or a reference voltage of 4.0 volts, 
but will operate with voltages as high as the V DD supply. In 
the case of 4.0 volt reference operation, the converter 
encodes the analog input into a binary output in LSB 
increments of (V REF+ - V REF .)/64, or 62.5mV. Reducing the 
reference voltage reduces the LSB size proportionately and 
thus increases linearity errors. The minimum practical 
reference voltage is about 2 volts. Because the reference 
voltage terminals are subjected to internal transient currents 
during conversion, it is important to drive the reference pins 
from a low impedance source and to decouple thoroughly. 
Again, ceramic and tantalum (O.OluF and 10u.F) capacitors 
near the package pin are recommended. It is not necessary 
to decouple the 1/2R tap point pin for most applications. 

It is possible to elevate V REF . from ground if necessary. In 
this case, the V REF . pin must be driven from a low 
impedance reference capable of sinking the current through 
the resistor ladder. Careful decoupling is again 
recommended. 

Digital Control and Interface 

The HI-5701 provides a standard high speed interface to 
external CMOS and TTL logic families. Four digital inputs 
are provided to control the function of the converter. The 
clock and phase inputs control the sample and auto balance 
modes. The digital outputs change state on the clock phase 
which begins the sample mode. Two chip enable inputs 
control the three-state outputs of output bits DO through D5 
and the Overflow OVF bit. As indicated in Table 2, all output 
bits are high impedance when CE2 is low, a nd ou tput bits DO 
through D5 are independently controlled by CE1 . 

Although the Digital Outputs are capable of handling typical 
data bus loading, the bus capacitance charge/discharge 
currents will produce supply and local ground disturbances. 
Therefore, an external bus driver is recommended. 

Clock 

The clock should be properly terminated to digital ground 
near the clock input pin. Clock frequency defines the 
conversion frequency and controls the converter as 
described in the Theory of Operation" section. The Auto 
Balance <t>1 half cycle of the clock may be reduced to 16ns; 
the Sample <>2 half cycle may be varied from a minimum of 
16ns to a maximum of 8ns. 



TABLE 2. CHIP ENABLE TRUTH TABLE 



ceT 


CE2 


D0-D5 


OVF 





1 


Valid 


Valid 


1 


1 


Three-State 


Valid 


X 







Three-State 



Three-State 



X = Don't Care 



TABLE 3. PHASE CONTROL 



CLOCK 


PHASE 


INTERNAL GENERATION 








Sample Unknown ($2) 





1 


Auto Balance (ij)1) 


1 





Auto Balance ($1) 


1 


1 


Sample Unknown (i(i2) 



Gain and Offset Adjustment 

In applications where accuracy is of utmost importance, 
three adjustments can be made; i.e., offset, gain, and 
midpoint trim. In general, offset and gain correction can be 
done in the preamp circuitry. 

Offset Adjustment 

The preferred offset correction method is to introduce a DC 
component to V| N of the converter. An alternate method is to 
adjust the V REF . input to produce the desired offset 
adjustment. The theoretical input voltage to produce the first 
transition is 1/2LSB. 

V, N (0 to 1 transition) = 1/2LSB = 1/2(V REF /64) = V REF /128 
Gain Adjustment 

In general, full scale error correction can be done in the 
preamp circuitry by adjusting the gain of the op amp. An 
alternate method is to adjust the V REF+ input voltage. This 
adjustment is performed by setting V !N to the 63 to overflow 
transition. The theoretical input voltage to produce the 
transition is 1/2LSB less than V REF+ and is calculated as 
follows: 

V| N (63 to 64 transition) = V REF - (V REF /128) = V REF (127/128). 

To perform the gain trim, first do the offset trim and then 
apply the required V, N for the 63 to overflow transition. Now 
adjust V REF+ until that transition occurs on the outputs. 

Midpoint Trim 

The reference center (1/2R) is available to the user as the 
midpoint of the resistor ladder. The 1/2R point can be used 
to improve linearity or create unique transfer functions. The 
offset and gain trims should be done prior to adjusting the 
midpoint. The theoretical transition from count 31 to 32 
occurs at 31 .SLSB's. That voltage is calculated as follows; 

V, N (31 to 32 transition) = 31 .5(V REF /64) = V REF (63/128). 

An adjustable voltage follower can be used to drive the 1/2R 
pin. Set V| N to the 31 to 32 transition voltage, then adjust the 
voltage follower until the transition occurs on the output bits. 

Signal Source 

A current pulse is present at the analog input (V, N ) at the 
beginning of every sample and auto balance period. The 
transient current is due to comparator charging and switch 
feed through in the capacitor array. It varies with the 
amplitude of the analog input and the sampling rate. 



1-79 



HI-S701 



The signal source must be capable of recovering from the 
transient prior to the end of the sample period to ensure a valid 
signal for conversion. Suitable broad band amplifiers or buffers 
which exhibit tow output impedance and high output drive 
include the HFA-0005, HA-5004, HA-5002, and HA-5033. 

The signal source may drive above or below the power 
supply rails, but should not exceed 0.5V beyond the rails or 
damage may occur. Input voltages of -0.5V to +1/2LSB are 
converted to all zeros; input voltages of V REF+ - 1/2LSB to 
V DD + 0.5 are converted to all ones with the Overflow bit set. 

Power Supplies 

The HI-5701 operates nominally from 5 volt supplies but will 
function from 3 volts to 6 volts. The analog supply should be 



well regulated and "clean" of significant noise, especially 
high frequency noise. It is recommended that power supply 
decoupling capacitors be placed as close to the supply pins 
as possible. A combination of 0.01 uF ceramic and 10uF 
tantalum capacitors is recommended for this purpose as 
shown in the test circuit Figure 4. 

Reducing Power Consumption 

Power dissipation in the HI-5701 is related to clock frequency 
and clock duty cycle. For a fixed 50% clock duty cycle, power 
may be reduced by lowering the clock frequency. For a given 
conversion frequency, power may be reduced by shortening 
the Auto Balance $1 portion of the clock duty cycle. 



TABLE 4. OUTPUT CODE TABLE 



CODE 
DESCRIPTION 


INPUT VOLTAGE* 
Vref. = 4.0V 

v REF . = o.ov 

(V) 


DECIMAL 
COUNT 




MSB 


BINARY OUTPUT CODE 




LSB 


OVF 


D5 


D4 


D3 


D2 


D1 


DO 


Overflow (OVF) 


4.000 


127 


1 


1 


1 




1 


1 


1 


FuH Scale (FS) 


3.9375 


63 





1 


1 




1 


1 


1 


FS-1LSB 


3.875 

• 
• 


62 





1 


1 




1 


1 





3/4 FS 


• 

3.000 

• 
• 


48 





1 


1 













1/2 FS 


• 

2.000 
• 
• 


32 





1 
















1/4 FS 


• 

1.000 
• 
• 


16 








1 













1LSB 


• 

0.0625 


1 




















1 


Zero 






























• The voltages listed above represent the ideal transition of each output code shown as a function of the reference voltage. 



1-80 



HI-5701 



Glossary of Terms 

Aperture Delay: Aperture delay is the time delay between 
the external sample command (the rising edge of the clock) 
and the time at which the signal is actually sampled. This 
delay is due to internal clock path propagation delays. 

Aperture Jitter: This is the RMS variation in the aperture 
delay due to variation of internal <|>1 and $2 clock path delays 
and variation between the individual comparator switching 



Differential Linearity Error (DNL): The differential linearity 
error is the difference in LSBs between the spacing of the 
measured midpoint of adjacent codes and the spacing of 
ideal midpoints of adjacent codes. The ideal spacing of 
each midpoint is 1 .OLSB. The range of values possible is 
from -1 .OLSB (which implies a missing code) to greater than 
+1.0LSB. 

Full Power Input Bandwidth: Full power bandwidth is the 
frequency at which the amplitude of the fundamental of the 
digital output word has decreased 3dB below the amplitude of 
an input sine wave. The input sine wave has a peak-to-peak 
amplitude equal to the reference voltage. The bandwidth 
given is measured at the specified sampling frequency. 

Full Scale Error (FSE): Full Scale Error is the difference 
between the actual input voltage of the 63 to 64 code 
transition and the ideal value of V REF+ - 1.5LSB. This error is 
expressed in LSBs. 

Integral Linearity Error (INL): The integral linearity error is 
the difference in LSBs between the measured code centers 
and the ideal code centers. The ideal code centers are 
calculated using a best fit line through the converter's 
transfer function. 



LSB: Least Significant Bit = (V REF+ - V REF .)/64. All 
HI-5701 specifications are given for a 62.5mV LSB size 
V REF+ = 4.0V,V REF . = 0.0V. 

Offset Error (VOS): Offset error is the difference between 
the actual input voltage of the to 1 code transition and 
the ideal value of V REF . + 0.5LSB. VOS error is expressed 
in LSBs. 

Power Supply Rejection Ratio (PSRR): PSRR is 
expressed in LSBs and is the maximum shift in code 
transition points due to a power supply voltage shift. This 
is measured at the to 1 code transition point and the 62 
to 63 code transition point with a power supply voltage 
shift from the nominal value of 5.0V. 

Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR): SNR is the ratio in dB of the 
RMS signal to RMS noise at specified input and sampling 
frequencies. 

Signal to Noise and Distortion Ratio (SINAD): SI NAD is 

the ratio in dB of the RMS signal to the RMS sum of the 
noise and harmonic distortion at specified input and 
sampling frequencies. 

Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): THD is the ratio in dBc of 
the RMS sum of the first five harmonic components to the 
RMS signal for a specified input and sampling frequency. 



CLOCK 
INPUT 



+4V | 



10UF:|: 



0.01 UF: 



D5 
OVF 



CE2 
CE1 



PHASE 



Vref. 



04 
D3 
1/2R 
02 
D1 
DO 



Vin 

Vref- 



NC 



0.01 UF 



T "*'T 

+9V to +12V 



\ D 



OUPUT 



-J— |+5V 



• ioon 



<3 



0.01 HF^ 10U.F^ 

i I _ ANALOG 

• □ SIGNAL 

INPUT 



son 



-9VIO-12V 



U.F^ 10UF^: 



FIGURE 3. TEST CIRCUIT 



1-81 



3B 



SEMICONDUCTOR 



HI5800 



PRELIMINARY 

July 1992 



12-Bit, 3MSPS Sampling A/D Converter 



Features 

• 3MSPS Throughput Rate 

• 1 2-Bit, No Missing Codes over Temperature 

• 1.0LSB Integral Linearity Error 

• Buffered Sample and Hold Amplifier 

• Precision Voltage Reference 

• ± 2.5V Input Signal Range 

• 20MHz Input BW Allows Sampling Beyond Nyqulst 

• Zero Latency/No Pipeline Delay 

Applications 

• High Speed Data Acquisition Systems 

• Medical Imaging 

• Radar Signal Analysis 

• Document and Film Scanners 

• Vibration/Waveform Spectrum Analysis 

• Digital Servo Control 



Description 

The HI5800 is a monolithic, 12-bit, sampling Analog-to- 
Digital Converter fabricated in the HBC10 BiCMOS process. 
It is a complete subsystem containing a sample and hold 
amplifier, voltage reference, two-step subranging A/D, error 
correction, control logic, and timing generator. The HI5800 is 
designed for high speed applications where wide bandwidth, 
accuracy and low distortion are essential. 

The HI5800 is available in Commercial and Industrial tem- 
perature ranges and is offered in a 40 pin Sidebraze and a 
44 pin PLCC package. 



Ordering Information 



PART 




TEMP. 




NUMBER 


LINEARITY 


RANGE 


PACKAGE 


HI5800AID 


±2LSB 


-40°C to +85°C 


40 Pin 


HI5800BID 


±1LSB 




Sidebraze 


HI5800JCM* 


±2LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


44 Pin PLCC 


HI5800KCW 


±1LSB 







Consult factory for availability 



Pinouts 



40 PIN SIDEBRAZE 

TOP VIEW 



44 PIN PLCC 

TOP VIEW 



ROadj fj 
RGADjfJ 




II, 



■P 8 - 

c < a. 2 

.nnnnnnnnnn n . 

- 2 1 44 43 42 41 40 \ 



E o 3 o a 



6 S 4 3 



VlN 
AGND 
ADJ-f 
ADJ- 

av ee 

NC 
AVcc 
AGND 

av ee 

AO 

CS 



C ^ 
C * 
C » 
C 10 
C 11 
C « 
C 13 
C 14 
C 15 
C 1« 
C " 



16 19 20 21 

TJLTLTO 



lo 



DV EE [T5 

DGND Qi 
DV CC 



S]D1 

5]D0(LSB) 
SJAVcc 



a 5 > - 



22 23 24 25 26 27 28 

uuuuuuu 

8 g 8 8 s a a 



39 □ D9 
38 □ D8 
37 □ DV CC 
36 □ DGND 
35 □ AGND 
34 3 NC 
33 □ AV EE 
32 D D7 
31 □ D6 
30 □ D5 
28 □ D4 



<| 



CAUTION: These devices are sensitive to electrostatic discharge Users should follow proper I.C. Handling Procedures. 
Copyright © Harris Corporation 1992 



File Number 2938.1 



HI5800 



Functional Block Diagram 



REFooj 
REF W 



ADJ- 




7 BIT 
FLASH 



7 BIT 
LATCH 



3 



-N 
V 



7 BIT 
LATCH 



=5 



7 BIT 
DAC 



X32 



5 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 
AND 
TIMING 



AVcc AV EE DV CC DV EE AGND DGND 



RGadj ROadj 



DO(LSB) 

D1 

D2 

DIGITAL 
OUTPUTS 

D10 

D11 (MSB) 
OVF 

IRQ 

CS 

CONV 

OE 

AO 



Typical Application Schematic 



C23>| »1<VF 




conv -L©- 



5E 

AO 
CS 



vcc 
m 

10K 



RIO- ' 
10K> 



H11 
10K 



(22)(LSB)DO 
(23) D1 

REFJN(1) P*) M 
REF_OUT(5» I 25 )" 3 
(26) CM 
AGND V (27,05 



AGND (12) 



(28) D6 



° G '"< 3, » (29) D7 
DGM5 < , »> (34)D8 
^P 2 ' <35)D9 
VlM(8) 

(37XMS8)Olt 
(40, IRQ 
(39) OVF 

CONVM7) 

(18) DVEE 

OE (16) 

AO (14) (33)DVCC 
55(15, 



(4) AVCC 
(«) 

RO_ADJ(2, 

(21, AVCC 
RC_ADJ(3)(M) 



(10, AVEE 
ADJ*(8) <«,(30, 



ADJ-(9) 



- D1 

- 02 

- D3 

- D4 
■ D5 

- DC 

- D7 
• DS 

- M 
-D10 
-D11 

- IRQ 
-OVF 



© BNC 
X> GND 



10(1 F, 0.1(,F, AND 0.01(iF CAPS ARE PLACED 
AS CLOSE TO PART AS POSSIBLE 



0.01(iF 



1' 



CM 



C1lJ_ |o4 J» 
1 O-OImf T "F , '^[ C3310|»F 



C14£ ( 
0.01 (iF^ 



C17|_ 



13 j* 
°- 1 I^C2610|lF 



1-83 



Specifications HI5800 



35°C/W 



N/A 
9°C/W 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 

Supply Voltages 

AVcc or DV CC to GND +5.5V 

AV EE or DV EE to GND -5.5V 

DgndIoAqnd ±0.3V 

Analog Input Pins 

Reference Input REF 1N +2.75V 

Signal Input V, N ±(REF 1N +0.2V) 

RO ADJ , RGadj, ADJ+, ADJ- V EE to V cc 

Digital I/O Pins GND to V^ 

Operating Temperature Range 

HI5800JCM/KCM 0°C to +75°C 

HI5800AID/BID -40°C to +85°C 

Junction Temperature 

HI5800JCM/KCM +150°C 

HI5800AID/BID +175°C 

Storage Temperature Range -65°C to +150°C 

Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10sec) +300°C 

CAUTION: Stresses above those listed in 'Absolute Maximum Ratings' may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress only rating and operation 
ot the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 



Thermal Information 

Thermal Resistance 

HI5800JCM/KCM 

HI5800AID/BID 29°C/W 

Power Dissipation at +75°C (Note 1) 

HI5800JCM/KCM 2.2W 

HI5800AID/BID 3.5W 

Power Dissipation Derating Factor Above +75°C 

HI5800JCM/KCM 29mW/°C 

HI5800AID/BID 35mW/°C 

NOTE: 

1. Dissipation rating assumes device is mounted with all leads sol- 
dered to printed circuit board 



Electrical Specifications AV CC = +5V, DV CC = +5V, AV EE = -5V, DV EE = -5V; Internal Reference Used. 
Unless Otherwise Specified. 



PARAMETER 


TEST CONDITION 


HI5800JCM/AID 


HI5800KCM/BID 


UNITS 


0°C to +75°C 
-40°C to +85°C 


0°C to +75°C 
-40°C to +85 C 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


SYSTEM PERFORMANCE 


Resolution 




12 






12 






Bits 


Integral Linearity Error, INL 


F s = 3MHz,f IN = 45Hz Ramp 




±0.7 


±2 




±0.7 


±1 


LSB 


Differential Linearity Error, DNL 
(Guaranteed No Missing Codes) 


F s = 3MHz,f IN = 45Hz Ramp 




±0.5 


±1 




±0.4 


±1 


LSB 


Offset Error, VOS 
(Adjustable to Zero) 


(Note 7) 




±2 


±10 




±2 


±10 


LSB 


Full Scale Error, FSE 
(Adjustable to Zero) 


(Note 7) 




±2 


±10 




±2 


±10 


LSB 


Gain Error 
(Adjustable to Zero) 






±2 


±15 




±2 


±15 


LSB 


DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS (Input Signal Level 0.5dB below full scale) 


Throughput Rate 


No Missing Codes 


3.0 






3.0 






MSPS 


Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) 
RMS Signal 

RMS Noise 


F s = 3MHz, f, N = 20kHz 
F s = 3MHz, f, N = 1 MHz 


66 
65 


69 
67 




68 
67 


71 
69 




dBc 
dBc 


Signal to Noise Ratio (SINAD) 
RMS Signal 

RMS Noise + Distortion 


F s = 3MHz, f IN = 20kHz 
F s = 3MHz, f IN = 1MHz 


66 
65 


68 
67 




68 
67 


70 
68 




dBc 
dBc 


Total Harmonic Distortion, THD 


F s = 3MHz, f IN = 20kHz 
F s = 3MHz,f| N = 1MHz 




-74 
-70 


-70 
-68 




-82 
-75 


-74 
-70 


dBc 
dBc 


Spurious Free Dynamic Range, 
SFDR 


F s = 3MHz, f, N = 20kHz 
F s = 3MHz,f IN = 1MHz 


72 
69 


76 
72 




76 
71 


84 
75 




dBc 
dBc 


Intermodulation Distortion, IMD 


F s = 3MHz, f1 = 49kHz, 
f 2 = 50kHz 




-74 


-68 




-82 


-70 


dBc 



1-84 



Specifications HI5800 



Electrical Specifications AV CC = +5V, DVcc = +5V, AV EE = -5V, DV EE = -5V; Internal Reference Used. 
Unless Otherwise Specified. (Continued) 







HIS800JCM/AIO 


HI5800KCM/BID 








0°C to +75°C 
-40°C to +85°C 


0°C to +75°C 
-40°C to +85°C 




PARAMcTcH 


1 Lb 1 OUNUIMUN 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


UNITS 


Differential Gain 


F s = 1MHz 




0.9 






0.9 




% 


Differential Phase 


F s = 1 MHz 




0.05 






0.05 




Degree 
s 


Aperture Delay, t AD 






12 


20 




12 


20 


ns 


Aperture Jitter, t^j 






10 


20 




10 


20 


ps 


ANALOG INPUT 


Input Voltage Range 






±2.5 


±2.7 




±2.5 


±2.7 


V 


Input Resistance 




10 


30 




10 


30 




Mil 


Input Capacitance 






5 






5 




pF 


Input Current 






1 


±10 




1 


±10 


uA 




Input Bandwidth 






20 






20 




MHz 


INTERNAL VOLTAGE REFERENCE 


Reference Output Voltage, 
REFOUT (Loaded) 




2.450 


2.500 


2.550 


2.470 


2.500 


2.530 


Volts 


Reference Output Current 


Note 5 


2 






2 






mA 


Reference Temperature 
Coefficient 






20 






20 




ppnrVC 


REFERENCE INPUT 


Reference Input Range 






2.5 


2.6 




2.5 


2.6 


V 


Reference Input Resistance 






200 






200 




g 


DIGITAL INPUTS 


Input Logic High Voltage, V| H 


Note 6 


2.0 






2.0 






V 


Input Logic Low Voltage, V !L 








0.8 






0.8 


V 


Input Logic Current, l, L 


V| N = OV, 5V 




1.0 


±10 




1 


±10 


uA 


Digital Input Capacitance, CI N 


V| N = OV 




5.0 






5 




pF 


DIGITAL OUTPUTS 


Output Logic High Voltage,V H 


i out = -' | 60uA 


2.4 


4.3 




2.4 


4.3 




V 


Output Logic Low Voltage,V OL 


'out - 3-2mA 




0.22 


0.8 




0.22 


0.8 


V 


Output Logic High Current, Ioh 




-0.160 


6 




-0.160 


6 




mA 


Output Logic Low Current, I l 




3.2 


6 




3.2 


6 




mA 


Output 3-state Leakage Current, 
loz 


V OUT = 0V,5V 




±1 


±10 




±1 


±10 


uA 


Digital Output Capacitance, Cqut 






10 






10 




PF 


TIMING CHARACTERISTICS 


Minimum CONV Pulse, t1 


(Notes 2, 3) 


,» 




1 ,. 


I I " 



1-85 



Specifications HI5800 



Electrical Specifications AVcc = +5V, DV CC = +5V, AV EE = -5V, DV EE = -5V; Internal Reference Used. 
Unless Otherwise Specified. (Continued) 







HI5800JCM/AID 


HI5800KCM/BID 








0°C to +75°C 
-40°C to +85°C 


0°C to +75°C 
-40°C to +85°C 




PARAMETER 


TEST CONDITION 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


UNITS 


CS to CONV Setup Time, t2 


(Note 2) 


10 






10 






ns 


CONV to CS Setup Time, t3 


(Note 2) 





- 


- 





- 




ns 


Minimum OE Pulse, t4 


(Notes 2, 4) 


15 


- 


- 


15 


- 




ns 


CS to OE Setup Time, t5 


(Note 2) 





- 


- 





- 




ns 


OfTto CS Setup Time, t6 


(Note 2) 
















ns 


IRQ Delay from Start Convert, t7 


(Note 2) 


10 


20 


25 


10 


20 


25 


ns 


IRQ Pulse Width, t8 




190 


205 


230 


190 


205 


230 


ns 


Minimum Cycle Time for 
Conversion, t9 








333 




333 


333 


ns 


IRQ to Data Valid Delay, t10 


(Note 2) 


-5 





+5 


-5 





+5 


ns 


Minimum AO Pulse, t1 1 


(Notes 2, 4) 


10 


- 


• 


10 


- 


- 


ns 


Data Access from OE Low, t12 


(Note 2) 


10 


18 


25 


10 


18 


25 


ns 


LSB, Nibble Delay from AfjHigh, 
t13 


(Note 2) 




10 


20 




10 


20 


ns 


MSB Delay from AO Low, 114 


(Note 2) 




14 


20 




14 


20 


ns 


CS to Float Delay, t15 


(Note 2) 


10 


18 


25 


10 


18 


25 


ns 


Minimum CS Pulse, t16 


(Notes 2, 4) 


15 






15 






ns 


CS to Data Valid Delay, t17 


(Note 2) 


10 


18 


25 


10 


18 


25 


ns 


Output Fall Time, tf 


(Note 2) 




5 


20 




5 


20 


ns 


Output Rise Time, tr 


(Note 2) 




5 


20 




5 


20 


ns 


POWER SUPPLY CHARACTERISTICS 


IVcc 






180 


220 




180 


220 


mA 








158 


190 




158 


190 


mA 


IDV CC 












27 


40 


mA 


IDV EE 






2.7 


5 




2.7 


5 


mA 


Power Dissipation 






1.8 


2.2 




1.8 


2.2 


W 


PSRR 


Vcc V EE ±5% 




0.01 


0.05 




0.01 


0.05 


%/% 



NOTE: 



2. Parameter guaranteed by design or characterization and not production tested. 

3. Recommended pulse width for CONV is 60ns. 

4. Recommended minimum pulse width is 25ns. 

5. This is the additional current available from the REF ou t Pi" w*h the REF OUT pin driving the REF IN pin. 

6. The AO pin V, H at -40°C may exceed 2.0V by up to 0.4V at initial power up. 

7. Excludes error due to internal reference temperature drift. 



1-86 



HI5800 



Timing Diagrams 



cs 



IRQ 



ACQUIRE N 



y j^N CON VERSION N y 



DATA VALID 



N - 1 DATA 



X 



N DATA 



AO 



D0-D11, OVF 







-j ^ N DATA y ~ 



t17[— 



FIGURE 1. SINGLE SHOT TIMING 



CS- 



i t \ 



h— — -4 



t5 t6 



FIGURE 2A. START CONVERSION SETUP TIME 



51- 



FIGURE 2B. OUTPUT ENABLE SETUP TIME 



H " h 



IRQ 



ACQUIRE N y j^ N CONVERSION N \ ACQUIRE N ♦ 1 / <*1 CONVERSIO^ 

|- 19 h H0 |j 



DATA VAUD 



N - 1 DATA 



X 



AO. 

OE . 



X 



+ 1 DATA 



D0-D11.OVF. 



< 

'< 



D11-D4 YDMO^MOYDII-WX D11-D4 



N DATA 



X 



N + 1 DATA 



FIGURE 3. CONTINUOUS CONVERSION TIMING 



1-87 



HI5800 



Typical Performance Curves 

TYPICAL SNR vs INPUT FREQUENCY 



TYPICAL THD vs INPUT FREQUENCY 



















































3K 500K 1M 2 



20K 



INPUT FREQUENCY (Hi) 



500K 1M 
INPUT FREQUENCY (Hz) 



2M 



TYPICAL SND vs INPUT FREQUENCY 



TYPICAL SPDR vs INPUT FREQUENCY 



80 
70 
60 
50 
40 
30 
20 
10 



20K 



1M 

(Hi) 



2M 



20K 



500K 1M 
INPUT FREQUENCY (Hi) 




HI5800 



Typical Performance Curves (continued) 

DIFFERENTIAL NON-LINEARITY 



INTEGRAL NON-LINEARITY 



1.0 



a °-5 



-0.5 



-1.0 





1000 



2000 
CODE 



FFT SPECTRAL PLOT FOR F, N = 20kHz, F s = 3MHz 



-75 



-135 



365K 730K 1 

FREQUENCY (Hz) 




FFT SPECTRAL PLOT FOR F IN = 1MHz, F s = 3MHz 



-25 
-50 



O-100 



-135 




FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FFT SPECTRAL PLOT FOR F IN = 2MHz, F s = 3MHz 



—4 



INTERMODULATION DISTORTION PLOT FOR F, N = 49kHz, 
50kHz at F s = 3MHz 




730K 1.095M 1.' 

FREQUENCY (Hz) 



36.6K 55K 73.3K 
FREQUENCY (Hz) 



91.6K 110K 



HI5800 



TABLE 1. PIN DESCRIPTION 



44 PIN 

PLCC 


40 PIN 
DIP 


PIN 
NAME 


PIN DESCRIPTION 


2 


1 


REF| N 


External reference input. 


3 


2 


RO AD j 


DAC offset adjust (Connect to AGND If not used). 


4 


3 


RG ADJ 


DAC gain adjust (Connect to AGND if not used). 


5 


4 


AVqc 


Analog positive power supply, +5 V 


6 


5 




Internal reference output, +2.5V. 


1 




NC 


No connection. 


7 


6 


V, N 


Analog input voltage. 


8 


7 


AGND 


Analog ground. 


9 


8 


ADJ+ 


Sample/hold offset adjust (Connect to AGND if not used). 


10 


9 


ADJ- 


Sample/hold offset adjust (Connect to AGND if not used). 


11 


10 


AV ee 


Analog negative power supply, -5V 


13 


11 


AV CC 


Analog positive power supply, +5V 


14 


12 


AGND 


Analog ground. 


15 


13 


AV EE 


Analog negative power supply, -5V 


16 


14 


AO 


Output byte control input, active low. When low, data is presented as a 12 bit word or the upper byte 
(D11-D4) in 8 bit mode. When high, the second byte contains the lower LSBs (D3-D0) with 4 trailing 
zeroes. See Text. 


17 


15 


cs 


Chip Select input, active low. Dominates all control inputs. 


12 




NC 


No connection. 


18 


16 


OE 


Output Enable input, active low. 


19 


17 


CONV 


Convert start input, initiates conversion on the falling edge. If held low, continuous conversion mode 
overrides and remains in effect until the input goes high. 


20 


18 


DV EE 


Digital negative power supply, -5V. 


21 


19 


DGND 


Digital ground. 


22 


20 


DV CC 


Digital positive power supply, +5V. 


24 


21 


AV CC 


Analog positive power supply, +5V. 


25 


22 


DO 


Data bit 0, (LSB). 


26 


23 


D1 


Data bit 1. 


27 


24 


D2 


Data bit 2. 


28 


25 


D3 


Data bit 3. 


23 




NC 


No connection 


29 


26 


D4 


Data bit 4. 


30 


27 


D5 


Data bit 5. 


31 


28 


D6 


Data bit 6. 


32 


29 


D7 


Data bit 7. 


33 


30 


AV EE 


Analog negative power supply, -5V. 


35 


31 


AGND 


Analog ground. 


36 


32 


DGND 


Digital ground. 


37 


33 


DV CC 


Digital positive power supply, +5 V. 


38 


34 


D8 


Data bit 8. 


39 


35 


D9 


Data bit 9. 


34 




NC 


No connection. 


40 


36 


D10 


Data bit 10. 


41 


37 


D11 


Data bit 11 (MSB). 


42 


38 


AVcc 


Analog positive power supply, +5V. 


43 


39 


OVF 


Overflow output Active high when either an cverrange or underrange analog input condition is detected. 


44 


40 


IRQ 


Interrupt ReQuest output. Goes low when a conversion is complete. 



1-90 



HI5800 



Detailed Description 

The HI5800 is a 12-bit two step sampling analog to digital 
converter which uses a subranging technique with digital 
error correction. As illustrated in the block diagram, it uses a 
sample and hold front end, 7-bit R-2R D/A converter which is 
laser trimmed to 14 bits accuracy, a 7-bit BiCMOS flash con- 
verter, precision bandgap reference, digital controller and 
timing generator, error correction logic, output latches and 
BiCMOS output drivers. 

The falling edge of the convert command signal puts the 
sample and hold (S/H) in the hold mode and the conversion 
process begins. At this point the Interrupt Request (IRQ) line 
is set high indicating that a conversion is in progress. The 
output of the S/H circuit drives the input of the 7-bit flash 
converter through a switch. After allowing the flash to settle, 
the intermediate output of the flash is stored in the latches 
which feed the D/A and error correction logic. The D/A 
reconstructs the analog signal and feeds the gain amplifier 
whose summing node subtracts the held signal of the S/H 
and amplifies the residue by 32. This signal is then switched 
to the flash for a second pass using the input switch. The 
output of the second flash conversion is fed directly to the 
error correction which reconstructs the twelve bit word from 
the fourteen bit input. The logic also decodes the overflow bit 
and the polarity of the overflow. The output of the error cor- 
rection is then gated through the read controller to the output 
drivers. The data is ready on the bus as soon as the IRQ line 
goes low. 

I/O Control Inputs 

The converter has four active low inputs (CS, CONV, OE and 
AO) and fourteen outputs (D0-D11, IRQ and OVF). All inputs 
and outputs are TTL compatible and will also interface to the 
newer TTL compatible families. All four inputs are CMOS 
high input impedance stages and all outputs are BiMOS driv- 
ers capable of driving 100pF loads. 

In order to initiate a conversion or read the data bus, CS 
should be h eld low . The conversion^ initiated by the falling 
edge of the CONV command. The OE input controls the out- 
put bus directly and is independent of the conversion pro- 
cess. The data on thebus changes just before the IRQ goes 
low. Therefore if the OE line is held low all the time, the data 
on the bus will change just before the IRQ line goes low. The 
byte control signal AO is also independent of the conversion 
process and the byte can be manipulated anytime. When AO 
is low the 12 bits and overflow word is read on the bus. The 
bus can also be hooked up such that the upper byte (D11 to 
D4) is read when AO is low. When AO is high, the lower byte 
(D3 to DO) is output on the same eight pins with trailing 
zeros. 

In order to minimize switching noise during a conversion, 
byte manipulations done using_the AO signal should be done 
in the single shot mode and AO should be changed during 
the acquisition phase. For accuracy, allow sufficient time for 
settling from any glitches before the next conversion. 

Once a conversion is started, the converter will complete the 
conversion and acquisition periods irrespective of the input 
states. If during these cycles another convert command is 
issued, it will be ignored until the acquire phase is complete. 



Stand Alone Operation 

The converter can be operated in a stand alone configura- 
tion with bus inputs controlling the converter. The con version 
will be started on the negative edge of the convert (CONV) 
pulse as long as this pulse is less than the converter 
throughput rate. If the converter is given multiple convert 
commands, it will ignore all but the first command until such 
time when the acquisition period of the next cycle is com- 
plete. At this point it will start a new conversion on the first 
negative edge of the input command. This allows the con- 
verter to be synchronized to a multiple of a faster external 
clock. The new output data of the conversion is available on 
the same cycle at the negative edge of the IRQ pulse and is 
valid until the next negative edge of the IRQ pulse. Data may 
be accessed at any time during these cycles. It should be 
noted that if the data bus is kept enabled all the time (OE is 
low), then the data will be updating just before the IRQ goes 
low. During this time, the data may not be valid for a few 
nanoseconds. 

Continuous Convert Mode 

The conve rter can be operated at its maximum rate by taking 
the CONV line low (supplying the first negative edge) and 
holding it low. This enables the continuous convert mode. 
During this time, at the end of the internal acquisition period, 
the converter automatically starts a new conversion. The 
data will be valid between the IRQ negative edges. 

Note that there is no pipeline delay on the data. The output 
data is available during the same cycle as the conversion 
and is valid until the next conversion ends. This allows data 
access to both previous and present conversions in the 
same cycle. 

When initiating a c onversio n or a series of conversions, the 
last signal (CS and CONV) to arrive dominates the function. 
The same condition holds true for enabling the bus to read 
the data (CSand OE). To terminate the bus operations, the 
first signal (CS and OE) to arrive dominates the function. 

Interrupt Request Output 

The interrupt request line (IRQ) goes high at the start of 
each conversion and goes low to indicated the start of the 
acquisition. During the time that IRQ is high, the internal 
sample and hold is in hold mode. At the termination of IRQ, 
the sample and hold switches to acquire mode which lasts 
approximately 100ns. If no convert command is issued for a 
period of time, the sample and hold simply remains in 
acquire mode tracking the analog input signal until the next 
conversion cycle is initiated. The IRQ line is the only output 
that is not tristateable. 

Analog Input, V IN 

The analog input of the HI5800 is coupled into the input 
stage of the Sample and Hold amplifier. The input is a high 
impedance bipolar differential pair complete with an ESD 
protection circuit. Typically it has >10M£i input impedance. 
With this high input impedance circuit, the HI5800 is easily 
interfaced to any type of op-amp without a requirement for a 



1-91 



HI5800 



high drive capability. Adequate precautions should be taken 
while driving the input from high voltage output op-amps to 
ensure that the analog input pin is not overdriven above the 
specified maximum limits. For a +2.5V reference, the analog 
input range is ±2.5V. This input range scales with the value 
of the external reference voltage if the internal reference is 
not used. For best performance, the analog ground pin next 
to the analog input should be utilized for signal return. 
Voltage Reference, REF OUT 

The HI5800 has a curvature corrected internal band-gap ref- 
erence generator with a buffer amplifier capable of driving up 
to 15mA. The band-gap and amplifier are trimmed to give 
+2.50V. When connected to the reference input pin REF| N , 
the reference is capable of driving up to 2mA externally. Fur- 
ther loading may degrade the performance of the output volt- 
age. It is recommended that the output of the reference be 
decoupled with good quality capacitors to reduce the high- 
frequency noise. 
Reference Input, REF IN 

The converter requires a voltage reference connected to the 
REF| N pin. This can be the above internal reference or it can 
be an external reference. The REF| N pin is approximately 
200C1 input impedance and care should be taken to ensure 
that the external reference is capable of driving this input 
impedance. It is also recommended that adequate high fre- 
quency decoupling is provided at the reference input pin in 
order to minimize overall converter noise. 
Error Adjustments 

For most applications the accuracy of the HI5800 is sufficient 
without any adjustments. In applications where accuracy is 
of utmost importance three external adjustments are possi- 
ble: S/H offset, D/A offset and D/A gain. Figure 4 illustrates 
the use of external potentiometers to reduce the HI5800 
errors to zero. 

The D/A offset (RO ADJ ) and S/H offset (ADJ+ and ADJ-) 
trims adjust the voltage offset of the transfer curve while the 
D/A gain trim (RG ADJ ) adjusts the tilt of the transfer curve 
around the curve midpoint (code 2048). The 10K£i potenti- 
ometers can be installed to achieve the desired adjustment 
in the following manner. 

Typically only one of the offset trimpots needs to be used. 
The offset should first be adjusted to get code 2048 centered 
at a desired DC input voltage such as zero volts. Next the 



gain trim can be adjusted by trimming the gain pot until the 
4094 to 4095 code transition occurs at the desired voltage 
(2.500 - 1.5LSBs for a 2.5V reference). The gain trim can 
also be done by adjusting the gain pot until the code to 1 
transition occurs at a particular voltage (-2.5 + 0.5LSBs for a 
2.5V reference). If a nonzero offset is needed, then the offset 
pot can be adjusted after the gain trim is finished. The gain 
trim is simplified if an offset trim to zero is done first with a 
nonzero offset trim done after the gain trim is finished. The 
D/A offset and S/H offset trimpots have an identical effect on 
the converter except that the S/H offset is a finer resolution 
trim. The D/A offset and D/A gain typically have an adjust- 
ment range of ±30LSBs and the S/H offset typically has an 
adjustment range of ±20LSBs. 

If no external adjustments are required the following pins 
should be connected to analog ground (AGND) for optimum 
performance: RO ADJ , RG ADJ , ADJ+, and ADJ-. 

(j> Vcc 



ADJ+ 



VEEO-* 




ADJ- 



FIGURE 4. D/A OFFSET, D/A GAIN AND S/H OFFSET ADJUST- 
MENTS. 

Typical Application Schematic 

Figure 5 shows a typical schematic diagram for the HI5800. 
The adjust pins are shown with 10K£2 potentiometers used 
for gain and offset adjustments. These potentiometers may 
be left out and the respective pins should be connected to 
ground for best untrimmed performance. 



TABLE 2. I/O TRUTH TABLE 



INPUTS 


OUTPUT 


FUNCTION 


CS 


CONV 


of 


AO 


IRQ 


1 


X 


X 


X 


X 


No operation. 








X 


X 


X 


Continuous convert mode. 





X 








X 


Outputs all 12-bits and OVF or upper byte D1 1-D4 in 8 bit mode. 





X 





1 


X 


In 8 bit mode, outputs lower LSBs D3-D0 followed by 4 trailing zeroes 
and OVF, (See text). 





1 


X 


X 





Converter is in acquisition mode. 





X 


X 


X 


1 


Converter is busy doing a conversion. 





X 


1 


X 


X 


Data outputs and OVF in high impedance state. 



X's = Don't Care 



HI5800 



TABLE 3. AID OUTPUT CODE TABLE 



CODE 
DESCRIPTION 

LSB = * t Ht HN) 
4096 


INPUT 
VOLTAGE* 
REF|M - 2.5V 
(V) 


OUTPUT DATA (OFFSET BINARY) 
MSB LSB 


OVF 


D11 


D10 


D9 


D8 


D7 


D6 


D5 


D4 


D3 


D2 


D1 


DO 


>+FS 


2: +2.5000 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


+FS - 1 LSB 


+2.49878 





1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


+3/4FS 


+1.8750 







1 


1 





























+1/2FS 


+1.2500 







1 
































+1LSB 


+0.00122 





































1 





A Annn 
U.UUUU 








































-1 LSB 


-0.00122 








1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


-1/2FS 


-1.2500 








1 
































-3/4FS 


-1.8750 











1 





























-FS + 1LSB 


-2.49878 






































1 


<-FS 


S -2.5000 


1 







































* The voltages listed above represent the Ideal center of each output code shown as a function of the reference voltage. 

Definitions 

Static Performance Definitions 



Offset, fullscale, and gain all use a measured value of the inter- 
nal voltage reference to determine the ideal plus and minus 
fullscale values. The results are all displayed in LSB's. 
Offset Error (VOS) 

The first code transition should occur at a level 1/2LSB above 
the negative fullscale. Offset is defined as the deviation of the 
actual code transition from this point. Note that this is adjustable 
to zero. 

Fullscale Error (FSE) 

The last code transition should occur for a analog input that is 1 
and 1/2 LSB's below positive fullscale. Fullscale error is defined 
as the deviation of the actual code transition from this point. 

Gain Error 

Gain error is calculated by dividing the measured fullscale range 
by the ideal fullscale range. Note that this is adjustable to zero. 

Differential Linearity Error (DNL) 

DNL is the worst case deviation of a code width from the ideal 
value of 1LSB. The converter is guaranteed for no missing 
codes over all temperature ranges. 

Integral Linearity Error (INL) 

INL is the worst case deviation of a code center from a best fit 
straight line calculated from the measured data. 

Power Supply Rejection (PSRR) 

Each of the power supplies are moved plus and minus 5% and 
the shift in the offset and gain error is noted. The number 
reported is the percent change in these parameters versus 
fullscale divided by the percent change in the supply. 

Dynamic Performance Definitions 

Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) techniques are used to evaluate 
the dynamic performance of the HI5800. A low distortion sine 
wave is applied to the input, it is sampled, and the output is 
stored in RAM. The data is then transformed into the frequency 



domain with a 4096 point FFT and analyzed to evaluate the 
dynamic performance of the A/D. The data is taken with a coher- 
ent test system to avoid all the inaccuracies of having to use 
window functions. The sine wave input to the part is -0.5db 
down from fullscale for all these tests. All results are quoted in 
dBc (decibels with respect to carrier) and DO NOT include any 
correction factors for normalizing to full scale. 

Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) 

SNR is the measured rms signal to rms noise at a specified 
input and sampling frequency. The noise is the rms sum of all of 
the spectral components except the fundamental and the first 
five harmonics. 

Signal-to-Noise + Distortion Ratio (SINAD) 

SINAD is the measured rms signal to rms sum of all other spec- 
tral components below the Nyquist frequency excluding DC. 

Effective Number Of Bits (ENOB) 

The effective number of bits (ENOB) Is derived from the SINAD 
data. ENOB is calculated from: 

ENOB = (SINAD - 1.76 + Vcorr) / 6.02 

where: Vcom = 0.5dB 

Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) 

THD is the ratio of the rms sum of the first 5 harmonic compo- 
nents to the rms value of the measured input signal. 

Spurious Free Dynamic Range (SFDR) 

SFDR is the ratio of the fundamental rms amplitude to the rms 
amplitude of the next largest spur or spectral component If the 
harmonics are buried in the noise floor it is the largest peak. 

Intermodulation Distortion (IMD) 

Nonlinearities in the signal path will tend to generate intermodula- 
tion products when two tones, f1 and f2, are present on the inputs. 
The ratio of the measured signal to the distortion terms is calcu- 
lated. The IMD products used to calculate the total distortion are 
(f2-f1), (f2+f1), (2f1-f2), (2f1+f2), (2f2-f1), (2f2+f1), (3f1-f2), (3f1+f2), 
(3f2-f1), (3f2+f1), (2f2-2f1), (2f2+2f1), (2f1), (2f2), (2f1), (2(2), (4f1), 
(4f2). The data reflects the sum of all the IMD products. 



1-93 



2) 



SEMICONDUCTOR 



HI5801 



ADVANCE INFORMATION 

July 1992 



12-Bit, 5MSPS A/D Converter 



Features 

• 200ns Conversion Time 

• 12-Bit No Missing Codes Over Temperature 

• 0.5LSB DNL/1 .OLSB INL 

• High Input Bandwidth 

• Precision Voltage Reference 

• ± 2.5V Input Signal Range 

• Zero Latency/No Pipeline Delay 

Applications 

• High Speed Data Acquisition Systems 

• Medical Imaging 

• Radar Signal Analysis 

• Document and Film Scanners 

• Vibration/Waveform Spectrum Analysis 

• Digital Servo Control 



Description 

The HI5801 is a monolithic, 12-bit, Analog-tc-Digital 
Converter fabricated in the HBC10 BiCMOS process. It is a 
complete subsystem containing voltage reference, two-step 
subranging A/D, error correction, control logic, and timing 
generator. The HI5801 is designed for high speed 
applications where wide bandwidth, accuracy and low 
distortion are essential. 

The HI5801 is available in Commercial and Industrial tem- 
perature ranges and is offered in a 40 pin ceramic DIP and a 
44 pin PLCC package. 



Ordering Information 



PART 
NUMBER 


LINEARITY 


TEMP. 
RANGE 


PACKAGE 


HI5801AIJ 


+2LSB 


-40°C to +85°C 


40PinCERDIP 


HI5801BIJ 


±1LSB 


■40°C to +85°C 


40PinCERDIP 


HI5801JCM* 


±2LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


44 Pin PLCC 


HI5801KCM* 


±1LSB 


0°C to +75°C 


44 Pin PLCC 



Consult Factory for Availability 



Pinout 



40 PIN CERDIP 

TOP VIEW 



REF W [T 


\J 


40] IRQ 


"Oadj Li 




55] ovf 


RG ADJ [T 




M| AV CC 


AV CC LT 




37] D11 (MSB) 


REFour |T 




36] D10 


VlNF LI 




35] D9 


AGND |T 




34] D8 


VlNS [J[ 




33] DV CC 


NC LI 




32] DGND 


av ee Q° 




31] AGND 


AV CC (« 




30] AV EE 


AGND Q2 




29] D7 


AV EE [13 




25] D6 


AO [14 




27] D5 


CS Q5 




26] D4 


OE Qs 




25] D3 


CONV Q7 




24] D2 


dv ee 0! 




23] 01 


DGND [19 




2] DO(LSB) 


DVcc tjo 




S] AVcc 



Functional Block Diagram 



REFout o- 
REF 1N , 



o— REFERENCE | _l 



V|NF< 
V INS < 



BIT 
LATCH 



LI 



BIT 
LATCH 





RECTION | 




(A 
IU 
X 

o 




cc 
o 
o 


i> 


-J 
h- 


=> 


cc 

CC 
UJ 


& 
o 



-o D0(LSB) 

-o D1 

-c 02 

DIGITAL 

-o D10 

-o D11(MSB) 

-o OVF 



^T'^y ^ASH [ — ^ DAC^ - 



7 BIT 
DAC 



R°AOJ ° ° ROadj 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 
AND 
TIMING 



■ IRQ 
j CS 
j CONV 
» OE 
«-o AO 



AV C C AV EE DVcc DV EE AGND DGND 



CAUTION: These devices are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. Users should follow proper I.e. Handling Procedures. 
Copyright © Harris Corporation 1992 - 



File Number 3287 



33 



SEMICONDUCTOR 



H 158 12 



July 1992 



CMOS 12-Bit Sampling A/D Converter with 
Internal Track and Hold 



Features 

• 20us Conversion Time 

• 50KSPS Throughput Rate 

• Built-in Track and Hold 

• Guaranteed No Missing Codes Over Temperature 

• Single +5V Supply Voltage 

• 25m W Maximum Power Consumption 

• Internal or External Clock 

Applications 

• Remote Low Power Data Acquisition Systems 

• Digital Audio 

• DSP Modems 

• General Purpose DSP Front End 

• uP Controlled Measurement Systems 



Description 

The HI5812 is a fast, low power, 12-bit successive 
approximation analog-to-digital converter. It can operate 
from a single 3V to 6V supply and typically draws just 1 ,9mA 
when operating at 5V. The HI5812 features a built-in track 
and hold. The conversion time is as low as 15us with a 
5V supply. 

The twelve data outputs feature full high speed CMOS three- 
state bus driver capability, and are latched and held through 
a full conversion cycle. The output is user selectable: (i.e.) 
12-bit, 8-bit (MSB's), and/or 4-bit (LSB's). A data ready flag, 
and conversion-start inputs complete the digital interface. 

An internal clock is provided and is available as an output. 
The clock may also be over-driven by an external source. 

The HI5812 is rated over the full industrial temperature 
range and is offered in 24 lead narrow body Plastic Dip, 
narrow body CERDIP, and wide body Plastic SOIC 
packages. 



Pinouts 

NARROW PLASTIC DIP AND CERDIP 

TOP VIEW 



DROY 


E 




HI Vdo 


(LSB) DO 


n 




23) 0EL 


D1 


E 




22] CLK 


D2 


E 




STRT 


03 


E 




?2l V REF . 


D4 


E 




JEVref* 


D5 


E 




HI V| N 


D6 


E 




H Vaa * 


D7 


E 




ED V AA- 


08 


rjo 




IS] OEM 


09 


E 




u\ D11 (MSB) 


Vss 


EH 




13] D10 



WIDE PLASTIC SOIC 

TOP VIEW 



DRDY | | 1 




o 


24 I |Vnn 


(LSB) DO IT"? 






23 | | OEL 


D1|TJT 






22"TI CLK 


02 LXZ 






FTIsTrt 


MHJ 








D4fJJT 






lEH V R£F* 








]EI]V IN 


06 ITT 






^11^ 


D7Q3 








D8|~pra 






15 | | OEM 


D9[P? 






TTTI D11 (MSB) 


vss fn* 






13TIP10 







Ordering Information 



PART 
NUMBER 


INL 

(LSB) 
(MAX 
OVER 
TEMP) 


DNL 
(BITS) 
(MAX 
OVER 
TEMP) 


TEMP. RANGE 


PACKAGE 


HI5812JIP 


±1.5 


11 


-40°C to +85°C 


24-Pin Plastic DIP 


HI5812KIP 


±1.0 


12 


-40°C to +85°C 


24-Pin Plastic DIP 


HI5812JIB 


±1.5 


11 


-40°C to +85°C 


24-Pin Plastic SOIC 


HI5812KIB 


±1.0 


12 


-40°C to +85°C 


24-Pin Plastic SOIC 


HI5812JIJ 


±1.5 


11 


-40°C to +85°C 


24-Pin CERDIP 


HI5812KIJ 


±1.0 


12 


-40°C to +85°C 


24-Pin CERDIP 



CAUTION: These devices are sensitive 1o electrostatic 
Copyright ©Harris Corporation 1992 



Users should follow proper I.C. Handling Procedures. 
1-95 



File Number 3214.1 



HI5812 



Functional Block Diagram 



VREF+ O- 




TIMING 



>< 

GUIS 

-<n«r 




a 

□ ecu 



-eg- 

H -tfc 



■o 010 



-O D9 



-O D8 



-O D7 



-O D6 



-O 05 



-O D4 



-O D3 



-O 02 



-O D1 

-O DO(LSB) 



1-96 



Specifications HI5812 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 

Supply Voltage 

V DD to Vss (Vss -0.5 V) < V DD < +6.5 V 

Vaa+ to V M - (Vss -0-5 V) to (V ss +6.5 V) 

Vaa+'o V od ±0.3 V 

Analog and Reference Inputs 

V REF (V^ -0.3 V) < Vina < (V DD +0.3 V) 

Digital I/O Pins (V ss -0.3 V) < Vl/O < (V DD +0.3 V) 

Operating Temperature Range 

Plastic DIP, Plastic SOIC, and CERDIP -40°C to +85°C 

Junction Temperature 

Plastic Dip and Plastic SOIC +150°C 

CERDIP +175°C 

Storage Temperature Range -65°C to +150°C 

Lead Temperature (Soldering, 10s) 300°C 



Thermal Information 

Thermal Resistance 8ja 8jc 

Plastic DIP 51°C/W 21°CAV 

Plastic SOIC 75°C/W 23°C/W 

CERDIP 50°C/W 11°CAV 

Power Dissipation at +75°C (Note 1) 

Plastic DIP 1.5 W 

Plastic SOIC LOW 

CERDIP 2.0 W 

Power Dissipation Derating Factor above +75° C 

Plastic DIP 20mW/°C 

Plastic SOIC 13 mW/°C 

CERDIP 20mW/°C 

NOTE: 1 . Dissipation rating assumes device is mounted with all 
leads soldered to printed circuit board. 



CAUTION: Stresses above those listed In 'Absolute Maximum Ratings' may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress only rating and operation 
of the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 



Electrical Specifications v DD = v„, = sv, v REF4 . = +4.608V, Vss = v M . = v REF . = gnd, clk = External 750kHz, 

Unless Otherwise Noted. 









LIMITS 










+25°C 


-40°C to 
+85°C 




PARAMETER 




TEST CONDITION 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


MAX 


UNITS 


ACCURACY 


Resolution 




12 






12 




Bits 


Integral Linearity Error, INL 
(End Point) 


J 








±1.5 




±1.5 


LSB 


K 








±1.0 




±1.0 


LSB 


Differential Linearity Error, DNL 
No Missing Codes 


J 




11 






11 




Bits 


K 




12 






12 




Bits 


Gain Error, FSE 
(Adjustable to Zero) 


J 








±3.0 




±3.0 


LSB 


K 








±2.5 




±2.5 


LSB 


Offset Error, VOS 
(Adjustable to Zero) 


J 








±2.0 




±2.0 


LSB 


K 








±1.0 




±1.0 


LSB 


Power Supply Rejection, PSRR 
Offset Error PSRR 
Gain Error PSRR 


V BEF = 4V 

V d = V A a+ = 5V±5% 
V DD = V AA + = 5V±5% 




0.1 
0.1 


±0.5 
±0.5 




±0.5 
±0.5 


LSB 
LSB 


DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS 


Signal to Noise Ratio, SINAD 
RMS Signal 


J 


f s = Internal Clock, f, N = 1kHz 
f s = 750kHz, f, N = 1kHz 




68.8 
69.2 








dB 
dB 


RMS Noise + Distortion 


K 


f s = Internal Clock, f, N = 1kHz 
f s = 750kHz, f, N = 1kHz 




71.0 
71.5 








dB 
dB 


Signal to Noise Ratio, SNR 
RMS Signal 


J 


f s = Internal Clock, f, N = 1kHz 
f s = 750kHz, f, N = 1kHz 




70.5 
71.1 








dB 
dB 


RMS Noise 


K 


f s = Internal Clock, f IN = 1kHz 
f s = 750kHz, f, N = 1kHz 




71.5 
72.1 








dB 
dB 



1-97 



Specifications HI5812 



Electrical Specifications = v^ = sv, v REFl = +4.608V, Vss = v^. = v REF . = gnd, clk = External 750kHz, 
Unless Otherwise Noted. (Continued) 



PARAMETER 




LIMITS 


UNITS 


TEST CONDITION 


+25°C 


-40°C to 
+85°C 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


MAX 


Total Harmonic Distortion, THD J 

K 


t s = Internal Clock, f| N = 1kHz 
f s = 750kHz, f, N = 1kHz 




-73.9 
-73.8 








dBc 
dBc 


f s = Internal Clock, f IN = 1 kHz 
f s = 750kHz, f, N = 1kHz 




-80.3 
-79.0 








dBc 
dBc 


Spurious Free Dynamic Range, J 
SFDR 

K 


fs internal Clock, f IN = f kHz 
f s = 750kHz, f, N = 1kHz 




-75.4 
-75.1 








dB 
dB 


f s = Internal Clock, f lN = 1 kHz 
f s = 750kHz, f IN = 1kHz 




-80.9 
-79.6 








dB 
dB 


ANALOG INPUT 


Input Current, Dynamic 


AtV IN = V REF+ ,0V 




±50 


±100 




±100 


uA 


Input Current, Static 


Conversion Stopped 




±0.4 


±10 




±10 


uA 


Input Bandwidth -3dB 






1 








MHz 


Reference Input Current 






160 








HA 


Input Series Resistance, R s 


In Series with Input Csample 




420 











Input Capacitance, C SAMPLE 


During Sample State 




380 








pF 


Input Capacitance, C HOLD 


During Hold State 




20 








PF 


DIGITAL INPUTS OEL, OEM, STRT 


High-Level Input Voltage, V !H 




2.4 






2.4 




V 


Low-Level Input Voltage, V, L 








0.8 




0.8 


V 


Input Leakage Current, l !L 


Except CLK, V IN = OV, 5V 






±10 




±10 


UA 


Input Capacitance, C| N 






10 








PF 


DIGITAL OUTPUTS 


High-Level Output Voltage, V OH 


Isource = -400uA 


4.6 






4.6 




V 


Low-Level Output Voltage, V 0L 


Isink ■ 1 -6mA 






0.4 




0.4 


V 


Three-state Leakage, l 02 


Except DRDY, V 0UT = OV, 5V 






±10 




±10 


uA 


Output Capacitance, C OU t 


Except DRDY 




20 








PF 


CLOCK 


High-Level Output Voltage, V 0H 


Isource = -100uA (Note 2) 


4 






4 




V 


Low-Level Output Voltage, V 0L 


lsi NK = 100uA(Note2) 






1 




1 


V 


Input Current 


CLK Only, V, N = OV, 5V 






±5 




±5 


mA 



1-98 



Specifications HI5812 



Electrical Specifications v D0 = = sv, v REF . = +4.608V, Vss = v^. = v BEF . = gnd, clk = External 750kHz, 
Unless Otherwise Noted. (Continued) 







LIMITS 








+25°C 


-40°Cto 
+85°C 




PARAMETER 


TEST CONDITION 


MIN 


TYP 


MAX 


MIN 


MAX 


UNITS 


TIMING 


Conversion Time (tconv + t AC o) 
(Includes Acquisition Time) 




20 






20 




MS 


Clock Frequency 


Internal Clock, (CLK = Open) 


200 


300 


400 


150 


500 


kHz 




External CLK (Note 2) 


0.05 


2 


1.5 


0.05 


1.5 


MHz 


Clock Pulse Width, t LOW , t H i GH 


External CLK (Note 2) 


100 






100 




ns 


Aperture Delay, t D APR 


(Note 2) 




35 


50 




70 


ns 


Clock to Data Ready Delay, t D1 DRDY 


(Note 2) 




105 


150 




180 


ns 


Clock to Data Ready Delay, t D2 DRDY 


(Note 2) 




100 


160 




195 


ns 


Clock to Data Ready, t DATA 


(Note 2) 




75 


110 




135 


ns 


Start Removal Time, t R STRT 


(Note 2) 





-75 









ns 


Start Setup Time, t su STRT 


(Note 2) 


85 


60 




100 




ns 


Start Pulse Width, t w STRT 


(Note 2) 


10 


4 




15 




ns 


Start to Data Ready Delay, t D3 DRDY 


(Note 2) 




65 


105 




120 


ns 


Clock Delay from Start, t D STRT 


(Note 2) 




60 








ns 


Output Enable Delay, t EN 


(Note 2) 




20 


30 




50 


ns 


Output Disabled Delay, t D | S 


(Note 2) 




80 


95 




120 


ns 


POWER SUPPLY CHARACTERISTICS 


Supply Current, l DD + Iaa 




1.9 






> 


mA 



NOTE: 

2. Parameter guaranteed by design or characterization, not production tested. 



1-99 



HI5812 



Timing Diagrams 




/ V HOLD N / \ 

VlN 1 TRACK N \ H £ TRACK N + 1 V 

OEL = OEia=V ss 



FIGURE 1. CONTINUOUS CONVERSION MODE 




FIGURE 2. SINGLE SHOT MODE EXTERNAL CLOCK 



1-100 



HI5812 



Timing Diagrams (Continued) 



15 1 2 3 4 5 




FIGURE 5. GENERAL TIMING LOAD CIRCUIT 



1-101 



HI5812 



Typical Performance Curves 

INL vs TEMPERATURE 



O 





1 

■ V AA 


1 

+ * 5\ 


— i 

. V REF 


■ ■ l 
+ = 4. 


508V 








C 




















B 






















A. CLK * INTERNAL 

B. CLK = 750kHz 

C. CLK s 1 MHz 















-60 -40 -20 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 
TEMPERATURE (°C) 



OFFSET VOLTAGE vs TEMPERATURE 




-60 -40 -20 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 
TEMPERATURE (°C) 



DNL VS TEMPERATURE 



ACCURACY vs REFERENCE VOLTAGE 



0.75 



g 0-5 
S 
E 
u 

Q 0.25 







♦ = 5V 


.Vref 




>08V 




























m B 




















m A 


A. C 

B. ( 

at 


:lk = 
:lk s 
:lk = 


NTER 
7S0kH 
1MHz 


NAL 
z 














I I I 















-60 -40 -20 



40 



80 100 120 140 



VDO' 
CLK 


= W 
= 750kH 


= 5V,T A 
z 


= 25°C 






































FSE 
















DNL 
































INL 

VOS 





CO 



3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8 4 4.2 
REFERENCE VOLTAGE, V REF (V) 



FULL SCALE ERROR vs TEMPERATURE 



S 1 



V 


d = v a 

1EF* = 


A*''- 
4.608 


V, 
V 






A. 
B. 

C. 


CLK = 
CLK = 
CLK = 


INTE 
750k 
1MHl 


RNAL 




















„ C 








































" B 




















■ A 



-60 -40 -20 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 
TEMPERATURE <°C) 



POWER SUPPLY REJECTION vs TEMPERATURE 

0.5 



0.375 



ii 0.25 



0.125 



Vdo = v»a+ » sv ±5% 

CLK = 750kHz 
V REF , = 4.0V 



-20 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 
TEMPERATURE (°C) 



1-102 



HI5812 



Typical Performance Curves 

SUPPLY CURRENT vs TEMPERATURE 



E. 
8 



Vdo - V M + . 5V, V REFt . 4.608V 




INTERNAL CLOCK 



) 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 
TEMPERATURE (°C) 



0.0- 
-10.0 
-20.0 
-30.0 
-40.0 
-50.0 
-60.0 
-70.0 
-80.0 
-90.0 
-100.0 
-110.0 
-120.0 
-130.0 
-140.0 



FFT SPECTRUM 







INPUT FREQUENCY a 1 kHz 
SAMPLING RATE ■ 50kHz 
SNR = 72.1dB 
SINAD-71.4dB 
EFFECTIVE BITS « 11.5 
THD = -79.1dBc 
PEAK NOISE ■ -80.9dB 
SFDR = -80.9dB 




































































::w , „ 










:.rr:. r im 










i v i 'in! 



















500 1000 1500 

FREQUENCY BINS 



5 

5 



INTERNAL CLOCK FREQUENCY vs TEMPERATURE 

500 



EFFECTIVE BITS vs INPUT FREQUENCY 



450 
400 

350 
300 
250 
200 
150 



Vdd 




t = 5V 


Vbef 


. = 4. 


S08V 

































































































































-60 -40 -20 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 
TEMPERATURE (°C) 




T A = 25°C 

A. CLK = INTERNAL 
8 -|- B. CLK • 750kHz 
C. CLK = 1 MHz 



0.1 



1 10 
INPUT FREQUENCY (kHz) 



100 



TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION vs INPUT FREQUENCY 
-80 



SIGNAL-NOISE RATIO vs INPUT FREQUENCY 



o 




v D d = Vaa* = sv 

V REF + ■ 4.608V 
T A = 25°C 

A. CLK -INTERNAL 

B. CLK = 750kHz 

C. CLK = 1 MHz 



1 10 
INPUT FREQUENCY (kHz) 



100 



INPUT FREQUENCY (kHz) 



1-103 



HI5812 



TABLE 1. PIN DESCRIPTION 



PIN* 


NAME 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


DRDY 


Output flag signifying new data is available. Goes 
high at end of clock period 1 5. Goes low when 
new conversion is started. 


2 


DO 


Bit (Least significant bit, LSB) 


3 


D1 


Bit 1 


4 


D2 


Bit 2 


5 


D3 


Bit 3 


6 


D4 


Bit 4 


7 


D5 


Bit 5 


8 


D6 


Bit 6 


9 


D7 


Bit 7 


10 


D8 


Bit 8 


11 


D9 


Bit 9 


12 


Vss 


Digital ground, (0V). 


13 


D10 


Bit 10 


14 


D11 


Bit 1 1 (Most significant bit, MSB) 


15 


OEM 


Three-state enable for D4-D11 . Active low input. 


16 


Vaa- 


Analog ground, (0V). 


17 


Vaa+ 


Analog positive supply. (+5V) (See text) 


18 


V,n 


Analog input. 


19 


V REF + 


Rpfprprw~p vnltflnp nn^itivp inni it Qpte 4nQR 

code end of input range. 


20 


V REF 


Rpfprpripp unltanp npnativp in n i it <*Ate rorlp 
end of input range. 


21 


STRT 


Start conversion input active low, recognized 

aftor onrt r\f clrw~ , k norinrl 1 ^ 
aiici ci iu ui LsiLA«r\ pci iuu i-j. 


22 


CLK 


CLK input or output. Conversion functions are 
synchronized to positive going edge. (See text) 


23 


oeI 


Three-state enable for DO - D3. Active low input. 


24 


Vdd 


Digital positive supply (+5V). 



Theory of Operation 

HI5812 is a CMOS 12-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter that 
uses capacitor-charge balancing to successively 
approximate the analog input. A binarily weighted capacitor 
network forms the A/D heart of the device. Page 2 shows 
an illustration of the block diagram for the HI5812. 

The capacitor network has a common node which is 
connected to a comparator. The second terminal of each 
capacitor is individually switchable to the input, V REF + or 
Vrep- 



During the first three clock periods of a conversion cycle, the 
switchable end of every capacitor is connected to the input 
and the comparator is being auto-balanced at the capacitor 
common node. 

During the fourth period, all capacitors are disconnected 
from the input; the one representing the MSB (D11) is 
connected to the V REF+ terminal; and the remaining 
capacitors to V REF -. The capacitor-common node, after the 
charges balance out, will indicate whether the input was 
above V 2 of (V REF + - V REF -). At the end of the fourth period, 
the comparator output is stored and the MSB capacitor is 
either left connected to V REF + (if the comparator was high) 
or returned to V REF -. This allows the next comparison to be 
at either 3 / 4 or V 4 of (V REF + - V REF -). 

At the end of periods 5 through 14, capacitors representing 
D10 through D1 are tested, the result stored, and each 
capacitor either left at V REF + or at V REF -. 

At the end of the 15th period, when the LSB (DO) capacitor is 
tested, (DO) and all the previous results are shifted to the 
output registers and drivers. The capacitors are reconnected 
to the input, the comparator returns to the balance state, and 
the data-ready output goes active. The conversion cycle is 
now complete. 

Analog Input 

The analog input pin is a predominately capacitive load that 
changes between the track and hold periods of the 
conversion cycle. During hold, clock period 4 through 15, the 
input loading is leakage and stray capacitance, typically less 
than 5uA and 20pF. 

At the start of input tracking, clock period 1 , some charge is 
dumped back to the input pin. The input source must have 
low enough impedance to dissipate the current spike by the 
end of the tracking period as shown in Figure 6. The amount 
of charge is dependent on supply and input voltages. The 
average current is also proportional to clock frequency. 




Conditions: V DD * = 5.0V, V REF , = 4.608V, 

V, N = 4.608V, CLK = 750kHz, T A = +25°C 

FIGURE 6. TYPICAL ANALOG INPUT CURRENT 



1-104 



HI5812 



As long as these current spikes settle completely by end of 
the signal acquisition period, converter accuracy will be 
preserved. The analog input is tracked for 3 clock cycles. 
With an external clock of 750kHz the track period is 4ns. 

A simplified analog input model is presented in Figure 7. 
During tracking, the A/D input (V !N ) typically appears as a 
380pF capacitor being charged through a 420£1 internal 
switch resistance. The time constant is 160ns. To charge 
this capacitor from an external "zero £1" source to 0.5LSB 
(1/8192), the charging time must be at least 9 time 
constants or 1.4ns. The maximum source impedance 
( r source Max ) ,or a 4 ^ s acquisition time settling to within 
0.5LSB is 750£1 

If the clock frequency was slower, or the converter was not 
restarted immediately (causing a longer sample time), a 
higher source impedance could be tolerated. 

V IN R sw . 420C1 

|-Vv^ □ °-6 Wv 1 

dp CsAMPLf - 38»PF 

"source I 

Rsource (max) = ' ACQ ... ,. -"sw 

C SA „ PUE ln[^»1)] 

FIGURE 7. ANALOG INPUT MODEL IN TRACK MODE 

Reference Input 

The reference input V REF + should be driven from a low 
impedance source and be well decoupled. 

As shown in Figure 8, current spikes are generated on the 
reference pin during each bit test of the successive approxi- 
mation part of the conversion cycle as the charge-balancing 
capacitors are switched between V REF - and V REF + (clock 
periods 5-14). These current spikes must settle completely 
during each bit test of the conversion to not degrade the 
accuracy of the converter. Therefore V REF + and V REF - 
should be well bypassed. Reference input V REF - is normally 
connected directly to the analog ground plane. If V REF - is 
biased for nulling the converters offset it must be stable 
during the conversion cycle. 




2|i»/Div. 



Conditions: V DD = V^. = 5.0V, V REF , = 4.608V, 

V, N = 2.3V, CLK = 750kHz, T A = +25°C 

FIGURE 8. TYPICAL REFERENCE INPUT CURRENT 



The HI5812 is specified with a 4.608V reference, however, it 
will operate with a reference down to 3V having a slight 
degradation in performance. A typical graph of accuracy vs 
reference voltage is presented. 

Full Scale and Offset Adjustment 

In many applications the accuracy of the HI5812 would be 
sufficient without any adjustments. In applications where 
accuracy is of utmost importance full scale and offset errors 
may be adjusted to zero. 

The V REF + and V REF - pins reference the two ends of the 
analog input range and may be used for offset and full scale 
adjustments. In a typical system the V REF - might be returned 
to a clean ground, and the offset adjustment done on an 
input amplifier. V REF + would then be adjusted to null out the 
full scale error. When this is not possible, the V REF - input can 
be adjusted to null the offset error, however, V REF - must be 
well decoupled. 

Full scale and offset error can also be adjusted to zero in the 
signal conditioning amplifier driving the analog input (V, N ). 

Control Signal 

The H 1581 2 may b e synchronized from an external source 
by using t he ST RT (Start Conversion) input to initiate conver- 
sion, or if STRT is tied low, may be allowed to free run. Each 
conversion cycle takes 15 clock periods. 

The input is tracked from clock period 1 through period 3, 
then disconnected as the successive approximation takes 
place. After the start of the next period 1 (specified by T D 
data), the output is updated. 

The DRDY (Data Ready) status output goes high (specified 
by T D iDRDY) after the start of clock period 1, and returns 
low (specified by T 02 DRDY) after the start of clock period 2. 

The 12 data bits are available in pa rallel on three-state bus 
driver outputs. When low, the OEM input enabl es the most 
significant byte (D4 through D11) while the OEL input 
enables the four least significant bits (DO - D3). T EN and T D , S 
specify the output enable and disable times. 

If the output data is to be latched externally by the DRDY 
signal, the trailing edge of DRDY should be used: there is no 
guaranteed setup time. 

When STRT input is used to initiate conversions, operation is 
slightly different depending on whether an internal or 
external clock is used. 

Figure 3 illustrates operation with an interna l clock. If the 
STRT signal is removed (at least T R STRT) before clock 
period 1 , and is not reapplied during that period, the clock 
will shut off after entering period 2. The input will continue to 
track and the DRDY output will remain high during this time. 

A low signal applied to STRT (at lea st T W S TRT wide) can 
now initiate a new conversion. The STRT signal (after a 
delay of (T D CLK) cause the clock to restart. 

Depending on how long the clock was shut off, the low 
portion of clock period 2 may be longer than during the 
remaining cycles. 



1-105 



HI5812 



The input will continue to track until the end of period 3, the 
same as when free running. 

Figure 2 illustrat es the same operation as abo ve but with an 
external clock. If STRT is removed (at le ast T R S TRT) before 
clock period 2, a low signal applied to STRT will drop the 
DRDY flag as before, and with t he first positive-going clock 
edge that meets the (T SU STRT) setup time, the converter 
will continue with clock period 3. 

Clock 

The HI5812 can operate either from its internal clock or from 
one externally supplied. The CLK pin functions either as the 
clock output or input. All converter functions are synchro- 
nized with the rising edge of the clock signal. 

Figure 9 shows the configuration of the internal clock. The 
clock output drive is low power: if used as an output, it 
should not have more than 1 CMOS gate load applied, and 
stray wiring capacitance should be kept to a minimum. 

The internal clock will shut down if the A/D is not restarted 
after a conversion. The clock could also be shut down with 
an open collector driver applied to the CLK pin. This should 
only be done during the sample portion (the first three clock 
periods) of a conversion cycle, and might be useful for using 
the device as a digital sample and hold. 

If an external clock is supplied to the CLK pin, it must have 
sufficient drive to overcome the internal clock source. The 
external clock can be shut off, but again, only during the 
sample portion of a conversion cycle. At other times, it must 
be above the minium frequency shown in the specifications. 
In the above two cases, a further restriction applies in that 
the clock should not be shut off during the third sample 
period for more than 1ms. This might cause an internal 
charge-pump voltage to decay. 

If the internal or external clock was shut off during the 
conversion time (clock cycles 4 through 15) of the A/D, the 
output might be invalid due to balancing capacitor droop. 

An external clock must also meet the minimum Tlow and 
Thigh times shown in the specifications. A violation may 
cause an internal miscount and invalidate the results. 



OPTIONAL 
EXTERNAL 
CLOCK 



ENABLE 
CLOCK 





— V* 


lookn 2 






18pF 




II 1 



FIGURE 9. INTERNAL CLOCK CIRCUITRY 

Power Supplies and Grounding 

V DD and V ss are the digital supply pins: they power all 
internal logic and the output drivers. Because the output 
drivers can cause fast current spikes in the V 0D and V ss 
lines, V ss should have a low impedance path to digital 
ground and V 0D should be well bypassed. 



Except for V^t, which is a substrate connection to V u d, all 
pins have protection diodes connected to V DD and V ss . Input 
transients above V D0 or below V ss will get steered to the 
digital supplies. 

The V M + and V^- terminals supply the charge-balancing 
comparator only. Because the comparator is auto-balanced 
between conversions, it has good low-frequency supply 
rejection. It does not reject well at high frequencies however; 
Vaa- should be returned to a clean analog ground and V M + 
should be RC decoupled from the digital supply as shown in 
Figure 10. 

There is approximately 50£J of substrate impedance 
between V DD and V^+. This can be used, for example, as 
part of a low-pass RC filter to attenuate switching supply 
noise. A 10u,F capacitor from V^a+ to ground would 
attenuate 30kHz noise by approximately 40dB. Note that 
back-to-back diodes should be placed from V 0D to V^* to 
handle supply to capacitor turn-on or turn-off current spikes. 

Dynamic Performance 

Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) techniques are used to evalu- 
ate the dynamic performance of the A/D. A low distortion 
sine wave is applied to the input of the A/D converter. The 
input is sampled by the A/D and its output stored in RAM. 
The data is than transformed into the frequency domain with 
a 4096 point FFT and analyzed to evaluate the converters 
dynamic performance such as SNR and THD. See typical 
performance characteristics. 

Signal-To-Noise Ratio 

The signal to noise ratio (SNR) is the measured rms signal 
to rms sum of noise at a specified input and sampling 
frequency. The noise is the rms sum of all except the 
fundamental and the first five harmonic signals. The SNR is 
dependent on the number of quantization levels used in the 
converter. The theoretical SNR for an N-bit converter with no 
differential or integral linearity error is: SNR = (6.02N + 1.76) 
dB. For an ideal 12-bit converter the SNR is 74dB. Differen- 
tial and integral linearity errors will degrade SNR. 



SNR = 10 log 



Sinewave Signal Power 
Total Noise Power 



Signal-To-Noise + Distortion Ratio 

SINAD is the measured rms signal to rms sum of noise plus 
harmonic power and is expressed by the following. 



SINAD = 10 log 



Sinewave Signal Power 



Noise + Harmonic Power (2nd - 6th) 
Effective Number of Bits 

The effective number of bits (ENOB) is derived from the 
SINAD data; 



ENOB : 



SINAD - 1.76 
a02 



1-106 



HI5812 



Total Harmonic Distortion 

The total harmonic distortion (THD) is the ratio of the rms 
sum of the second through sixth harmonic components to 
the fundamental rms signal for a specified input and 
sampling frequency. 

Total Harmonic Power (2nd - 6th Harmonic) 

THD = 10 log 

Sinewave Signal Power 



Spurious-Free Dynamic Range 

The spurious-free dynamic range (SFDR) is the ratio of the 
fundamental rms amplitude to the rms amplitude of the next 
largest spur or spectral component. If the harmonics are 
buried in the noise floor it is the largest peak. 

Sinewave Signal Power 

SFDR = 10 log — 

Highest Spurious Signal Power 



TABLE 3. CODE TABLE 



CODE 
DESCRIPTION 


INPUT VOLTAGE* 
V REF . = 4.608V 
W-0.0V 
00 


DECIMAL 
COUNT 


MSB 






BINARY OUTPUT CODE 








LSB 


D11 


D10 


D9 


D8 


D7 


D6 


D5 


D4 


D3 


D2 


D1 


DO 


Full Scale (FS) 


4.6069 


4095 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


FS - 1 LSB 


4.6058 


4094 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 





3/4 FS 


3.4560 


3072 


1 


1 
































1/2 FS 


2.3040 


2048 


1 



































1/4 FS 


1.1520 


1024 





1 
































1 LSB 


0.001125 


1 



































1 


Zero 













































• The voltages listed above represent the ideal lower transition of each output code shown as a function of the reference voltage. 



+5V 



Vref 



^ 10nF ^ 0.1|iF 1= 0.01(iF 

V V V 



d= 4.7[iF d= 0.1nF ^ 0.001 jiF 

V V V 



ANALOG 
INPUT 



Vaa 



vref* 



v,n 



-w — t — i 1 



VOD 
D11 

DO 

DRDY 
OEM 

oil 

STRT 



CLK |o 

Vref- W Vgj 



OUTPUT 
□ATA 



750kHz CLOCK 



V + 

FIGURE 10. GROUND AND SUPPLY DECOUPLING 



1-107 



© HI-71 53/883 



July 1992 

Features 

• This Circuit is Processed in Accordance to Mil-Std- 
883 and is Fully Conformant Under the Provisions of 
Paragraph 1.2.1. 

• 5ns Conversion Time 

• 8-Channel Input Multiplexer 

• 200,000 Channels/Second Throughput Rate 

• Over 9 Effective Bits at 20kHz 

• No Offset or Gain Adjustments Necessary 

• Analog and Reference Inputs Fully Buffered 

• On-Chip Track and Hold Amplifier 

• uP Compatible Interface, 2's Complement Data Output 

• 150mW Power Consumption 

• Single 2.5V Reference Required for a ±2.5V Input Range 

• Out-of-Range Rag 

Applications 

• uP Controlled Data Acquisition Systems 

• DSP 

- Avionics 

- Sonic 

• Process Control 

• Automotive Transducer Sensing 

- Industrial 

• Robotics 

• Digital Communication 



8-Channel, 10-Bit, High Speed 
Sampling A/D Converter 



Description 

The HI-71 53/883 is an 8-channel high speed 10 bit A/D con- 
verter which uses a Two Step Flash algorithm to achieve 
throughput rates of 200kHz. The converter features an 8- 
channel CMOS analog multiplexer with random channel 
addressing. A unique switched capacitor technique allows a 
new input voltage to be sampled while a conversion is taking 
place. 

Internal high speed CMOS buffers at both the analog and 
reference inputs simplifies interface requirements. 

A Track and Hold amplifier is included on the chip, consisting 
of two high speed amplifiers and an internal hold capacitor 
which reduces external circuitry. 

Microprocessor bus interfacing is simplified by the use of 
standard Chip Select, Read and Write control signals. The 
digital three-state outputs are byte organized for bus inter- 
face to 8 to 16 bit systems. An Out-of-Range pin, together 
with the MSB bit, can be used to indicate an under or over- 
range condition. 

The HI-71 53/883 operates with ± 5V supplies. Only a single 
+2.5V reference is required to provide a bipolar input range 
from -2.5V to +2.5V. 



Ordering Information 



PART 
NUMBER 


UNEARrTY 
(MAX ILE) 


TEMPERATURE 
RANGE 


PACKAGE 


HI1-7153S/883 


±1.0LSB 


-55°Cto+125°C 


40 Pin Ceramic 
DIP 



Pinout 



Vref 
AG 

AfNO 
A IN1 
A|N2 
A|N3 
A|N4 
*IN5 
A IN6 
A|N7 
NC 
TEST 
AO 
A1 
A2 
ALE 
WR 

cs 

RD 
SMODE 



40 PIN 
CERAMIC DIP 

TOP VIEW 



35] V- 

39j GND 

38j V* 

37] OVR 

36] D9 (MSB) 
35] 08 

34j D7 

33] D6 

32] DS 

31] D4 

30j D3 

29j 02 

28] D1 

27] DO (LSB) 

U HOLD 

25] EOC 

24] DG 

23] CLK 

22] HBE 

2f| BUS 



Functional Diagram 



(REF+) 






INPUT 




TRACK 




BUFFER 




AND 




AMP 




HOLD 



! D 



HI 00 

5i 



BUS 



OVR 
D9 



DATA 
OUTPUTS 



DO 



BUS 




POWER 
SUPPLY 
DISTRIBUTION 



TEST 



rm 

V+ V- GND DG 



o 
o 
o 



EOC 
HOLD 
RD 
WR 

5§ 

SMODE 

SET 

CLK 



CAUTION: These devices are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. Users should follow proper I.C. Handling Procedures. 
Copyright © Harris Corporation 1992 . „ 



File Number 3285 



HI-7153/883 



Pin Descriptions 



DIM * 






4 

1 


V REF 


Reference voltage input (+2.5V). 


o 

m 


An 


Analog ground reference (0V). 






Analog input channel 0. 


4 


*(N1 


Analog input channel 1 . 


5 


A IN2 


Analog input channel 2. 


6 


A|N3 


Analog input channel 3. 


7 


*IN4 


Analog input channel 4. 


8 


*IN5 


Analog input channel 5. 


9 


A| N « 


Analog input channel 6. 


10 


A)N7 


Analog input channel 7. 


11 


NC 


No connect or tie to V+ only. 


12 


TEST 


Test pin. Connect to DG for normal 
operation. 


13 


AO 


Mux address input. (LSB) Active high. 


14 


A1 


Mux address input. Active high. 


15 


A2 


Mux address input. (MSB) Active 
high. 


16 


ALE 


Mux address enable. When high, the 
latch is transparent. Address data is 
latched on the falling edge. 


17 


WR 


Write input. With CS low, starts con- 
version when pulsed low; continuous 
conversions when kept low. 


18 


CS 


Chip select input. Active low 


19 


RD 


Read input. With CS low, enable out- 
put buffers when pulsed low; outputs 
updated at the end of conversion. 


20 


SMODE 


Slow memory mode input. Active 
high. 


21 


BUS 


Bus select input. High = all inputs en- 
abled together DO - D9, OVR Low = 
Outputs enabled by HBE. 


22 


HBE 


Byte select (HBE/LBE) input for 8-bit 
bus. High = High byte selece, DO - D7. 


23 


CLK 


Clock input, TTL compatible. 


24 


DG 


Digital ground (0V). 



PIN * 


SYMBOL 


DESCRIPTION 


25 


EOC 


End-of-co inversion status. Pulses 
high at the end-of-conversion. 


26 


HOLD 


Start of conversion status. Pulses low 
dt ine HBnrUrvDnvvrenjn. 




nn 
uu 


Dll U (LoDJ. 


CO 


D1 


Bit 1 


OQ 


no 


Oil Oi itni rt 
Dll c. (JUipUl. 


on 
OU 


Uo 


Dit Q Data 
Dll O Utild. 




u** 


nit A Rile 
Dll H DIIS. 


32 


D5 


Bit 5. 


33 


D6 


Bit 6. 


34 


D7 


Bit 7. 


35 


D8 


Bit 8. 


36 


D9 


Bit 9 (MSB). 


37 


OVR 


Out of Range flag. Valid at end of con- 
version when output exceeds full 
scale. 


38 


V+ 


Positive supply voltage input (+5V). 


39 


GND 


Ground return for comparators (0V). 


40 


V- 


Negative supply voltage input (-5V). 



Multiplexer Channel Selection 



ADDRESS & CONTROL INPUTS 


ANALOG CHANNEL 


A2 


A1 


AO 


CS 


ALE 


SELECTED 
















A,N0 








1 







*IN1 





1 










A IN2 





1 


1 







A|N3 


1 













A IN4 


1 





1 







A IN5 


1 


1 










A IN6 


1 


1 


1 







A IN7 



1-109 



HI-7153/883 



Truth Tables 



SLOW MEMORY MODE I/O TRUTH TABLE (SMODE = V+) 



cs 


WR 


RD 


BUS 


HBE 


ALE 


FUNCTION 








X 


X 


X 


X 


Initiates a conversion. 





X 


X 


X 


X 


1 


Selects mux channel. Address data is latched on falling edge of ALE. Latch 
is transparent when ALE is high. 


1 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


Disables all chip commands. 





X 





1 


X 


X 


Enables DO - D9 and OVR. 





X 











X 


Low byte enable: DO - D7 





X 








1 


X 


High byte enable: D8 - D9, OVR. 


X 


X 


1 


X 


X 


X 


Disables all outputs (high impedance). 



NOTE: X = don't care. 



FAST MEMORY MODE I/O TRUTH TABLE (SMODE = DG) 



CS 


WR 


RD 


BUS 


HBE 


ALE 


FUNCTION 








X 


X 


X 


X 


Continuous conversion, WR may be tied to DG. 





X 


X 


X 


X 


1 


Selects mux channel. Address data is latched on falling edge of ALE. Latch 
is transparent when ALE is high. 


1 


X 


X 


X 




X 


Disables all chip commands. 





X 





1 


X 


X 


Enables DO - D9 and OVR. 





X 











X 


Low byte enable: DO - D7 





X 








1 


X 


High byte enable: D8 - D9, OVR. 


X 


X 


1 


X 


X 


X 


Disables all outputs (high impedance). 



NOTE: X = don't care. 



DMA MODE I/O TRUTH TABLE (SMODE = V+, CS = WR = RD = DG)) 



BUS 


HBE 


ALE 


FUNCTION 


X 


X 


1 


Selects mux channel. Address data is latched on falling edge of ALE. Latch 
is transparent when ALE is high. 


1 


X 


X 


Enables DO - D9 and OVR. 








X 


Low byte enable: DO - D7 





1 


X 


High byte enable: D8 - D9, OVR. 



NOTE: X = don't care. 



1-110 



Specifications HI-7153/883 



Absolute Maximum Ratings 

Supply Voltage 

V+ to GND (DG/AG/GND) -0.3V < V+ <+5.7V 

V- to GND (DG/AG/GND) -5.7V < V- <+0.3V 

Analog and Reference Inputs 

A,no-A in7 , V BEF (G^D-OJVJj^V^ < (V+ +0.3V) 

Digital I/O Pins D0-D9, OVR, CLK, CS, RD, WR, ALE, SMODE, 
HOLD, EOC, HBE, BUS, A0-A2, TEST(DG -0.3V) < V„ < (V. +0.3V) 

Operating Temperature Range -55°C to +125°C 

Junction Temperature +175°C 

Storage Temperature Range -65°C to +150°C 

Lead Temperature, (Soldering 10 sec) 300°C 

ESD Classification Class 1 



Thermal Information 

Thermal Resistance eja Bjc 

HI-7153/883 26°CAV 10°CAV 

Power Dissipation at +75°C (Note 1) 

HI-7153/883 3.9W 

Power Dissipation Derating Factor Above +75°C 

HI-7153/883 39mW/°C 

Reliability Information 

Transistor Count 1460 

Worst Case Density 2.5 x 10 4 A/cm 2 

NOTE: 

1. Dissipation rating assumes device is mounted with all leads sol- 
dered to printed circuit board. 

CAUTION: Stresses above those listed in 'Absolute Maximum Ratings - may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress only rating and operation 
of the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the operational sections of this specification is not implied. 

TABLE 1. DC ELECTRICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 

Device Tested at: V+ = 5V, V- = -5V, V REF = 2.50V, f CLK = 600kHz with t„ = t F s 25ns and 50% Duty Cycle, Unless Otherwise Specified. 



SYMBOL 


DC PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


GROUP A 
SUBGROUP 


TEMPERATURE 


LIMITS 


UNIT 


MIN 


MAX 


ACCURACY 


ILE 


Integral Linearity Error 
(Best Fit Line) 




1 


+25°C 




±1.0 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±1.0 


LSB 


DLE 


Differential Linearity Error 




1 


+25°C 




±1.0 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±1.0 


LSB 


Vos 


Bipolar Offset Error 




1 


+25°C 




±2.5 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±3.0 


LSB 


FSE 


Unadjusted Gain Error 




1 


+25°C 




±2.5 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±3.0 


LSB 


ANALOG MULTIPLEXER 


IBI 


Input Leakage Current 


A, N = ±2.50V 


1 


+25°C 




±100 


nA 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±100 


nA 


RpSfON) 


MUX On-resistance 


l 1N = 100uA 


1 


+25°C 




2.5 


Kn 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




2.5 


kh 


REFERENCE INPUT 


IBR 


Reference Input Bias Current 


V REF = +2.50V 


1 


+25°C 




±100 


nA 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±100 


nA 


LOGIC INPUTS 


V,H 


Input High Voltage 




1 


+25°C 


2.4 




V 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 


2.4 




V 


V,L 


Input Low Voltage 




1 


+25°C 




0.8 


V 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




0.8 


V 


IIL 


Logic Input Current 


V| N = 0V, +5V 


1 


+25°C 




±1 


uA 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±1 


uA 



1-111 



Specifications HI-7153/883 



TABLE 1. DC ELECTRICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (Continued) 

Device Tested at: V+ = 5V, V- = -5V, V BEF = 2.50V, f CLK = 600kHz with tp, = t F < 25ns and 50% Duty Cycle, Unless Otherwise Specified. 



SYMBOL 


DC PARAMETER 


CONDITIONS 


GROUP A 
SUBGROUP 


TEMPERATURE 


LIMITS 


UNIT 


MIN 


MAX 


LOGIC OUTPUTS 


V 0H 


Output High Voltage 


l 0H = -200uA 


1 


+25°C 


2.4 




V 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 


2.4 




V 


Vol 


Output Low Voltage 


l OL = 1.6mA 


1 


+25°C 




0.4 


V 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




0.4 


V 


Iol 


Output Leakage Current 


RD = +5V,V OUT = 5V, 
OV (Note 11) 


1 


+25°C 




±1 


uA 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±10 


uA 


POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE RANGE 


V+ 


Positive Supply 


Functional operation 
only. (Note 10) 


7 


+25°C 


4.5 


5.5 


V 


8A, 8B 


+125°C, -55°C 


4.5 


5.5 


V 


V- 


Negative Supply 


Functional operation 
only. (Note 10) 


7 


+25°C 


-4.5 


-5.5 


V 


8A, 8B 


+125°C, -55°C 


-4.5 


-5.5 


V 


POWER SUPPLY REJECTION 


FSE 


V+, V- Gain Error 


V+ = 5V, V- = -4.75V, 
-5.25V 


1 


+25°C 




±0.5 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±0.8 


LSB 


V- = -5V, V+ = 4.75V, 
5.25V 


1 


+25°C 




±0.5 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±0.8 


LSB 


VOS 


V+, V- Offset Error 


V+ = 5V, V- = -4.75V, 
-5.25V 


1 


+25°C 




±0.5 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±0.8 


LSB 


V- = 5V, V+ = 4.75V, 
5.25V 


1 


+25°C 




+0.5 


LSB 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




±0.8 


LSB 


SUPPLY CURRENT 


l+ 


V+ Supply Current 


V+ = 5V, V- = 5V 


1 


+25°C 




30 


mA 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




30 


mA 


I- 


V- Supply Current 


V+ = 5V, V- = 5V 


1 


+25°C 




-15 


mA 


2,3 


+125°C, -55°C 




-15 


mA 



TABLE 2. DC ELECTRICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 

Device Tested at: V+ = 5V, V- = -5V, V REF = 2.50V, f CLK = 600kHz with If, = t F < 25ns and 50% Duty Cycle, Unless Otherwise Specified. 



SYMBOL 


AC PARAMETERS 


CONDITIONS 


GROUP A 
SUBGROUP 


TEMPERATURE 


LIMITS 


UNITS 


MIN 


MAX 


tsps 


Continuous Conversion Time 


(Note 3) 


9 


+25°C 




5 


us 


10, 11 


+125°C, -55°C 




5 


us 



1-112 



HI-7153/883 



TABLE 3. DC ELECTRICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 

Device Characterized at: V+ = 5V, V- = -5V, V BEF = 2.50V, f CLK = 600kHz with tp, = tp < 25ns and 50% Duty Cycle, Unless Otherwise Specified. 



SYMBOL 


PARAMETER 


NOTES 


TEMrcnATUHC 


LIMITS 


1 IMITC 
UNI 1 3 


MIN 


MAX 


tsps 


Continuous Conversion Time 


3,5 


+25°C 


60 


5 


us 


+125°C, -55°C 


60 


5 


us 


•COW 


Conversion Time, First Conversion 


2,5 


+25°C 


- 


4tc LK +0.63 


us 


+125°C, -55°C 


- 


4tcLK+0.8 


MS 


•alew 


ALE Pulse Width 


5 


+25°C 


30 


- 


ns 


+125°C, -55°C 


50 


- 


ns 


Us 


Address Setup Time 


5 


+25°C 


40 


- 


ns 


+125°C, -55°C 


80 


- 


ns 


t»H 


Address Hold Time 


5 


+25°C 





- 


ns 


+125°C, -55°C 





- 


ns 


•WRL 


WR Pulse Width 


5 


+25°C 


100 


W2 


ns 


+125°C, -55°C 


100 


W2 


ns 


'wREOC 


WR to EOC Low 


2, 4,5 


+25°C 


- 


130 


ns 


+125°C, -55°C 


- 


160 


ns 


'hold 


WR to HOLD Delay 


2,5 


+25°C4 


- 


150 


ns 


+125°C, -55°C 


- 


170 


ns 


•CKHR 


Clock to HOLD Rise Delay 


2, 5 


+25°C 


150 


450 


ns 


+125°C, -55°C 


120 


500 


ns 


<CKHF 


Clock to HOLD Fall Delay 


3,5 


+25°C 


50 


200 


ns 


+125°C, -55 C 


40 


225 


ns 


tcKEOC 


Clock to EOC High 


2,5 


+25°C 




630 


ns 


+125°C, -55°C 




800 


ns 


tDATA 


to DATA change 


3,5 


+25°C 


100 


350 


ns 


+125°C, -55°C 


90 


400 


ns 


tcD 


~CS to DATA 


5 


+25°C 


- 


70 


ns 


+125°C, -55°C 


- 


85 


ns 


t*D 


HBE to DATA 


5 


+25°C 




50 


ns 


+125 C, -55 U C 




70 


ns 


•rd 


RD LO to Active 


5,7 


+25°C 




100 


ns 


+125°C, -55°C 




125 


ns 




RD HI to Inactive 


5,8 


+25°C 




60 


ns 


+125°C, -55°C 




70 


ns 



1-113 



Specifications HI-7153/883 



TABLE 3. DC ELECTRICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (Continued) 

Device Characterized at: V+ = 5V, V- = -5V, V REF ■ 2.50V, = 600kHz with ^ = tf < 25ns and 50% Duty Cycle, Unless Otherwise Specified. 



SYMBOL 


PARAMETER 


NOTES 


TEMPERATURE 


LIMITS 


UNITS 


MIN 


MAX 


In 


Output Rise Time 


5,6 


+25°C 




40 


ns 


+125°C, -55°C 




60 


ns 




Output Fall Time 


5,6 


+25°C 




30 


ns 


+125°C, -55°C 




50 


ns 



NOTES'. 

2. Slow memory mode timing. 

3. Fast memory or DMA mode of operation, except the first conversion which is equal to tcoNv 

4. Maximum specification to prevent multiple triggering with . 

5. All input drive signal are specified with tr = tf < 10ns and shall swing from 0.4V to 2.4V for all timing specifications. A signal is considered to 
change state as it crosses a 1 .4V threshold (except tRD & tRX). 

6. tf, and tp load is C L = 100pF (including stray capacitance) to DG and is measured from the 10% - 90% point. 

7. tRD is the time required for the data output level to change by 1 0% in response to crossing a voltage level of 1 .4V. High-Z to V OH is measured 
with R L = 2.5KA and C L =10pF (including stray to DG). 

8. tnx is the time required for the data output level to change by 1 0% in response to crossing a voltage level of 1 .4V. V OL to High-Z is mea- 
sured with R L = 2.5K£1 to V+ and C L = 10pF (including stray to DG). 

9. Parameters listed in Table 3 are controlled via design or process parameters and are not directly tested at final production. These pa- 
rameters are lab characterized upon initial design release, or upon design changes. These parameters are guaranteed by characteriza- 
tion based upon data from multiple production runs which reflect lot to lot and within lot variation. 

10. Functionality is guaranteed by negative gain error test to ±4LSB. 

1 1 . Applies to all outputs which three state. 



TABLE 4. ELECTRICAL TEST REQUIREMENTS 



MIL-STD-883 TEST REQUIREMENTS 


SUBGROUPS (SEE TABLES 1 & 2) 


Interim Electrical Parameters (Pre Burn-IN) 


1,7,9 


Final Electrical Test Parameters 


T, 2, 3, 7, 8A, 8B, 9,10,11 


Group A Test Requirements 


1,2,3,7,8A, 8B, 9, 10, 11 


Groups C & D Endpoints 





* PDA applies to Subgroup 1 only. No other subgroups are included in PDA 



1-114 



HI-7153/883 



Timing Waveforms 



CLOCK 
CS 



WR \ (WR MAY BE WIRED LOW) 



V 



-<SP8 



HOLD 



|-«— »HOLD 



TRACK \ HOLD N / TRACK N + 1 \ H0LDNt1 / TRACK N + 2 \ HOLDN , 2 f 



TRACK N + 3 



INTERNAL 
DATA 



RD 



DO - D9, OVR ... 
DATA 



'alew 



N + 1 DATA 



«DATA_»-| |^— 



+ 3 ADDRESS 



N DATA 



x: 



N + 1 DATA 



\ f 



tAD 



|-*-<RX 



N V\ >^ N 

ATA \ D, 



LOW HIGH 
BYTE BYTE 



1 + 1 
DATA 



LOW 



FIGURE 1. FAST MEMORY MODE (8-BIT DATA BUS) 



CLOCK 



ALE. 



AO- A2- 
HOLD 



INTERNAL 
DATA 



D0-D9.OVR 
DATA 



'AS_ I 'ah 



_/7T»Taddress\_ 



TRACK N 



V 



< 



N +2 ADDRESS 



N + 3 



HOLD N 



J TRACK N + 1 \ ^HOLDN + iy TRACK N + 2 ^ HOLD N + 2 j ~ 
»~\ |-« 'DATA 



X 


N-1 DATA 


X 


N DATA 


\S N + 1 DATA 




x 


N • 1 DATA 


X 


N DATA 


N + 1 DATA 



CONDITIONS: SMODE ■ V+, CS ■ WR = RD = DG, BUS s V+. HBE = DG OR V+ 
NOTE: ECO OUTPUT IS LOW CONTINUOUSLY. 



FIGURE 2. DMA MODE (16-BIT DATA BUS) 



1-115 



HI-7153/883 



Timing Waveforms (continued) 



WR 



A0-A2 

HOLD 

INTERNAL 
DATA 

RD 
EOC 



D0-D9.OVR 
DATA 



f— tax 




— H h* - uiew 



'hold 



TRACK N 



N-1 DATA 



CONDITIONS: SMODE ■ V*, BUS ■ V*. HBE = OGOR V+ 



\ HOLD N J 



TRACK N+1 



<CKEOC-*| \~~ 

r~ 



«RD— »-| |»- — *4 |-«— <RX 
( N DATA ) 



1CONV- 



FIGURE 3. SLOW MEMORY MODE (16-BIT DATA BUS) 



1-116 



HI-7153/883 



Burn-In Circuit 



HI-7153/883 CERAMIC DIP 




GND • 
CLOCK* 



NOTES: 

R1 , R4, R5 = 1 k£l ±5%, 0.25W (Min) 

R2, R3 = 100£J, ±5%, 0.25W (Min) 

F1 = F0 + 2, F2 = F1 +2, F3 = F2 + 2 . . . F12 = F11 +2 

C1 - C3 = 4.7uF, ±20% 

CLOCK = 450kHz (±50kHz) Square Wave With 
50% Duty Cycle (+20%), 0V to 2.5V 



1-117 



HI-7153/883 



Metallization Topology 

DIE DIMENSIONS: 

179x212x19±1mils 

METALLIZATION: 

Type: Si - Al 
Thickness: 11kA±1kA 

GLASSIVATION: 

Type: Si0 2 

Thickness: 8kA± 1kA 

DIE ATTACH: 

Material: Gold Silicon Eutectic Alloy 
Temperature:Ceramic DIP - 460°C (Max) 

WORST CASE CURRENT DENSITY: 

2.5 x 10 4 A/cm 2 

Metallization Mask Layout 

HI-7153/883 



i i i i # s l ■ * * I n 

E-— - . — . - . — . . — — . o o O 00 to 




1-118 



HI-7153/883 



Packaging* 



40 PIN CERAMIC DIP 



2.035 




098 MAX 



100 
BSC 



.515 



.535 















At*— V* 

-Jl .008 ' —I Wis- 

.015 



. INCREASE MAX UUIT BY .003 INCHES 
MEASURED AT CENTER OF FLAT FOR 
SOLDER FINISH 



LEAD MATERIAL: Type B 
LEAD FINISH: Type A 

PACKAGE MATERIAL: Ceramic, 90% Alumina 
PACKAGE SEAL: 

Material: Glass Frit 
Temperature: 450°C ± 10°C 
Method: Furnace Seal 



INTERNAL LEAD WIRE: 

Material: Aluminum 
Diameter: 1 .25 Mil 
Bonding Method: Ultrasonic 
COMPLIANT OUTLINE: 38510-D-5 



NOTE: All Dimensions are Dimensions are in inches. 



t Mil-M-38510 Compliant Materials, Finishes and Dimensions 



1-119 



Harris Semiconductor 




NO. 9203.1 July 1992 



Harris Data Acquisition 



USING THE HI5800 EVALUATION BOARD 

Author: Kantilal Bacrania and Greg Fisher 

Theory of Operation 

Harris Semiconductor's HI5800 is a new twelve bit sampling 
analog to digital converter which is a monolithic alternative to 
the many hybrid converters available in the present market. 
The converter is a completely self-contained subsystem with 
a sample and hold, a curvature corrected band-gap voltage 
reference, controller, a 7 bit flash converter, a 14 bit accurate 
D/A converter (DAC), wide-band gain amplifier, timing gener- 
ator and I/O drivers. It is designed for applications where 
high speed and wide bandwidth are essential. It has a con- 
version time of -200ns (5MHz) with a throughput rate of 
330ns (3MHz). The 12 bit performance is guaranteed over 
temperature with no missing codes. 



The HI5800 is powered by +5V and -5V supplies with an 
input range of -2.5V to +2.5V. Separate chip select and 
convert command pins are provided to allow convenient 
addressing in multiple converter systems. The 12 bit three 
state output is formatted as offset binary with an overflow bit. 
The overflow bit indicates over and underflow conditions by 
a logic high state. The 12 output bits all remain at logic high 
states for overflow and logic low states for underflow 
conditions. The digital output bus can be configured to 



REFour O 



operate either in a parallel 12 bit mode or in an 8 bit mode 
where the 8 bit upper byte and 4 bit lower byte are read 
sequentially. In either case the HI5800 output data is 
available at the end of the conversion cycle with no pipeline 
delay or latency. Valid data on the output bus is indicated by 
the logic state of the interrupt request output pin. The 
converter has fully TTL compatible input buffers for the 
digital control pins and also has TTL compatible BiCMOS 
output drivers. The output drivers can drive capacitive loads 
in excess of 100pF and do not require external data registers 
for interfacing to a data bus. The converter allows use of the 
internal +2.5V reference or an external reference through 
separate reference output and reference input pins. The 
voltage appearing on the reference input pin REF, N is 
inverted by an internal amplifier to provide the bipolar input 
range. The sample and hold offset can be externally 
adjusted through the use of 2 offset pins if desired. External 
adjustments to the ADC gain at the +2.5V and -2.5V ends of 
the input range are also possible through 2 additional pins 
provided. 




-O do (LSB) 
-O D1 



-O D2 



DIGITAL 
OUTPUTS 

O D10 



-O D11 (MSB) 
-O OVF 



CONTROL 
LOGIC 
AND 
TIMING 




K 

« C 




< c 


< c 




< c 



►OIRO 

_OCS 
-O CONV 
-O 51 
-O AO 



FIGURE 1. HI5800 BLOCK DIAGRAM 



Copyright ©Harris Corporation 1992 



1-120 



Application Note 9203 



The HI5800 is a sampling converter which uses a two step 
sub-ranging conversion technique with digital error 
correction. A block diagram illustrating the architecture is 
shown in Figure 1. The converter uses a high input 
impedance (>10M£1) sample and hold at the front end. 
During the first pass of the two step conversion process, the 
sample and hold output is connected through a switch to a 
seven bit bipolar flash analog to digital converter. The flash 
converter digitizes the sample and hold output and feeds the 
result to the 7 bit digital to analog converter and to a 7 bit 
high byte latch. The output of the DAC, which uses thin film 
laser trimmed resistors to achieve 14 bit accuracy, is 
subtracted from the output of the sample and hold amplifier 
and the difference is amplified by a gain of 32. The gain of 32 
is realized by two cascaded wide bandwidth op amps. The 
output of the second amplifier is now connected through the 
switch to the input of the flash converter for the second pass 
through the flash. This marks the second step of the two 
step conversion process. The flash converter second pass 
output is then fed to a seven bit latch which stores the low 
byte. The error correction logic takes the two 7 bit words 
from the high and low byte latches and computes the final 
twelve bit word with overflow detection. The output data is 
stored in latches which drive tristate output buffers. 

The HI5800 is contro lled with four digital pins: chip select 
(CS), convert JCONV), Output Enable (OE) and an output 
byte select (AO). Figu re 2 shows the functional timing 
diagram for CS, CONV, and OE and the output bits D11-D0, 
OVF and output pin IRQ. The CS pin enables the converter 
when held low. When CS is held high, the output bits are 
tristated and the converter jgnores the states o f the o ther 
digital control pins. When CS is held low, the CONV pin 
starts the conversion with a negative going edge. In Figure 
2, the converter is enabled by dri ving CS low at time to and a 
conversion is started by driving CONV low at time t1. The 
converter is disabled with all output bits tristate d when CS is 
held high as shown at times to and t5. If the CONV pin is 
held low after an initial negative going edge, then the 



converter will operate in a continuous convert mode with a 
self timed sample rate o f just ov er 3MHz. For a synchronous 
sampling system, the CONV pin can be driven by an 
externally derived system clock at sampling rates of up to 
3MHz. Once the conversion is started, the converter's 
controller and timing logic control the entire conversion 
process until both the present conversion and the next 
sample and hold acquisition time are complete. At this time, 
approximately 333ns a fter the start of the conversion, the 
next falling edge of the CONV pin will be recognized and a 
new conversion started. The Interrupt ReQuest (IRQ) pin 
allows the user to monitor the conversion process. This 
signal goes high upon the start of a conversion for about 
200ns indicating that the converter is busy with the conver- 
sion. The falling edge of the IRQ pin, at time t2 in Figure 2, 
indicates that the new data is present on the output bus. The 
converter provides the new data at the end of the current 
conversion cycle without any pipeline delays. This feature is 
extremely valuable in continuous servo applications when 
pipeline latency cannot be tolerated. The output enable pin 
OE allows the output drivers to be switched between the 
tristate mode and the data valid mode when the chip is 
selected. All output pins except for IRQ are tristated with this 
function. This function is illustrated at time t3 and t4 in Figure 
2. The output bus can be switched between the tristate and 
driven modes at any time during the conversion cycle. 

A byte select pin (AO) allows eight bit processors to read the 
data bus without any need for external logic. The 12 bit 
output word can be formatted either in a 12 bit parallel mode 
or in an 8 bit mode with the upper and lower bytes read 
sequentially. With AO held low, the 12 data bits will appear on 
the data pins D11-D0. This is shown in Figure 3 at time t1. 
Time t2 in Figure 3 shows that when AO is held high, the 
data pins D11-D4 will now output the data bits D3-D0 
followed by 4 trailing zeroes. The data bits D3-D0 still remain 
on the lower data pins D3-D0. Thus an 8 bit bus can read the 
12 bit word through the pins D11-D4 by toggling the AO 
control pin. 



to 11 



CONV 

of 

IRQ 



011-DO, OVF 



t3 14 t5 



DATA N-1 



\ HIGH Z / \ 

DATA N y — <T DATA N V 



FIGURE 2. HI5800 FUNCTIONAL TIMING DIAGRAM 



1-121 



Application Note 9203 



CONV 




IRQ 



D11-D4 HIGH Z 



FIGURE 3. HI5800 DATA BYTE SELECT DIAGRAM 



Description of the Evaluation Board 

The evaluation board for the HI5800 is a three layer printed 
circuit board specifically designed to facilitate quick 
evaluation of the part. The board as supplied has been fitted 
with the minimum number of passive components needed to 
insure low noise functionality of the converter. The I/O can 
be accessed through a 50 pin ribbon cable connector. All 
signals except the V !N (analog signal input) and the REF, N 
(External Reference input) are brought out on the edge 
connector. 

Getting Started 

In order to minimize lead inductance, make sure the supply 
pins and ground are doubly connected on the edge connec- 
tor. For the ease of use the HI5800 analog and digital power 
supply pins are wired together on the board and do not 
require separation for the evaluation board. If desired, the 
supplies can be hooked up with external wires to the pins 
marked VEE, VCC and GND with up to 16 gauge wire going 
to regulated supplies. This is shown in Figure 4. 



The four control inputs, CS, AO, CONV, and OE, are all 
active low. All four of these inputs are terminated on the 
board with 50£2 resistors (R1 , R2, R3, R5) to ground. This 
removes the requirement of pulling the lines low with 
external signals and also facilitates correct termination with 
external signal generators. The analog input V /N is also 
terminated with a 50O (R4) resistor near the HI5800 to 
ground. Only the V, N terminal is provided with a BNC 
connector to interface to the signal source (see Figure 5). If 
desired, additional BNC connectors can be added to any of 
the control lines, REF| N or IRQ. 

Under normal operation, the internal reference can be used 
by connecting the shorting jumper plug to the top two pins of 
the connector marked X11, see Figure 5. This will connect 
the internal 2.5V reference to the converter reference input. 
If use of an external reference is desired, then the jumper 
plug should be connected to the bottom two pins and the 
external reference is fed to the REF| N pin on the board. 




FIGURE 4. 

The reference and three of the power supply points are 
decoupled with 10uF, 0.1 uF and 0.01 uF capacitors in 
parallel. The board has further decoupling sockets on every 
supply pin which can be utilized to provide better decoupling 
in a noisy environment. It is recommended that a good 
quality 10uF, 0.1 uF and 0.01 uF in parallel be added to these 
points. Figure 6 shows the locations. 

The board has jumpers J1 to J4 which ground the offset, 
gain and the sample and hold offset pins. These pins can be 
used by removing the jumper pins and adding 10kfl potenti- 
ometers in the space provided. The board is supplied with 
the jumpers installed. 

An optional dither output pin is provided to monitor the last 
three Isb's of the converter. The resistors need to be 
connected in order to exercise this function. The resistor 
values for these are: R14 = 1k£l, R12 = 2kfi and R13 = 4kfl. 
In using dither, the V, N is swept with the triangular wave and 
the oscilloscope X-channel is swept with the same 
waveform. The Y-channel is connected to the dither out pin. 
The resultant waveform is shown in Figure 8. 



1-122 



Application Note 9203 





FIGURE 6. 



1-123 



Application Note 9203 



The edge connector carries all the digital input and output 
signals (see Figure 7). The pins marked NC do not carry any 
signals. If desired, these pins can be used to feed any of the 
other pins that are not brought out to the connector. Each of 
the pins on the left side of the connector is grounded which 
allows convenient termination if desired. 




DITHE 
OUT 



CONNECTOR 



FIGURE 7. 

NOTE: The device is static sensitive and adequate precautions 
should be taken when handling the part. 



Using the Evaluation Board 

The board can be used in a stand alone mode. Make sure 
the ±5V power supplies and ground are present. The input to 
the converter is +2.5V maximum and is connected to the V| N 
connector. The conversion is started by applying a negative 
going p ulse to the convert line. For continuous convert, the 
CONV line can be held low after the first transition to zero. At 
the beginning of a conversion, the IRQ line will go high for 
approximately 200ns and return to zero. At each of the falling 
edges of the IRQ signal, new data is available on the bus. 
The data can be accessed through the edge connector. One 
of the easy ways to reconstruct the data is by reading the 
digital outputs with a logic analyzer with charting capability 
(like the Hewlett Packard 1652) and observing the output 
states. The IRQ output is used as clock qualifier. This allows 
the input waveform to be reconstructed and displayed. Also, 
a high speed 12-bit digital to analog converter (HI-562A) can 
be connected to the output bus and the DAC output 
observed on a scope. 

The conve rter can also be used in a triggered mode where 
the CONV pulse is a negative going pulse with a pulse 
width of 25ns to 300ns and period of >330ns. Again, at 
each start of conversion, the IRQ will go high for ~200ns. 
The CONV pulse should go high before the end of the 
acquisition period which is -100ns aft er the IRQ goes low. 
In order to start a new conversion, the CONV line should go 
negative again. The data can be accessed at any time on 
the data bus. 

The only adjustments on the board are the three potentiome- 
ters which can control the offset, gain and the Sample and 
Hold offset of the converter. The offset and sample/hold off- 
set trims adjust the voltage offset of the transfer curve while 
the gain trim adjusts the tilt of the transfer curve around the 
curve midpoint (code 2048). The 10kQ potentiometers can 
be installed to achieve the desired adjustment in the follow- 
ing manner. The offset trimpot should be adjusted to get 
code 2048 centered at a desired DC input voltage such as 
zero volts. Next the gain trim can be adjusted by trimming 
the gain pot until the 4094 to 4095 code transition occurs at 
the desired voltage (2.500 - 1.5LSBs for a 2.5V reference). 
The gain trim can also be done by adjusting the gain pot until 
the code to 1 transition occurs at a particular voltage (-2.5 
+0.5LSBs for a 2.5V reference). If a nonzero offset is 
needed, then the offset pot or the sample/hold offset pot can 
be adjusted after the gain trim is finished. The gain trim is 
simplified if an offset trim to zero is done first and then a non- 
zero offset trim is done. The offset and sample/hold offset 
trimpots have an identical effect on the converter except that 
the sample/hold offset is a finer resolution trim. 



Pin Description and 
Typical Evaluation Data 

The pin description is presented in Table 1. This is followed 
by some evaluation curves on typical performance of 
HI5800. 




1-124 



Application Note 9203 



TABLE 1. PIN DESCRIPTION 



44 PIN 
PLCC 


40 PIN 
CERDIP 


PIN 
NAME 


PIN DESCRIPTION 


2 


1 


REF IN 


External reference input. 


3 


2 


R°adj 


DAC offset adjust. 


4 


3 


RGadj 


DAC gain adjust. 


5 


4 


AV CC 


Analog positive power supply, +5V 


6 


S 


REF 0UT 


Internal reference output, +2.5V. 


1 




NC 


No connection. 


7 


6 


Vin 


Analog input voltage. 


8 


7 


AGND 


Analog ground. 


9 


8 


ADJ+ 


Sample/hold offset adjust. 


10 


9 


ADJ- 


Sample/hold offset adjust. 


11 


10 


AV EE 


Analog negative power supply, -5V 


13 


11 


AV CC 


Analog positive power supply, +5V 


14 


12 


AGND 


Analog ground. 


15 


13 


AV EE 


Analog negative power supply, -5V 


16 


14 


AO 


Output byte control input, active low. When low, data is presented as a 12 bit word or the upper byte 
(D11-D4) in 8 bit mode. When high, the second byte contains the lower LSB's (D3-D0) with 4 trailing 
zeroes. See Text. 


17 


15 


CS 


Chip Select input, active low. Dominates all control inputs. 


12 


- 


NC 


No connection. 


18 


16 


OE 


Output Enable input, active low. 


19 


17 


CONV 


Convert start input. Initiates conversion on the falling edge. If held low, continuous conversion mode 
overrides and remains in effect until the input goes high. 


20 


18 


DV EE 


Digital negative power supply, -5V. 


21 


19 


DGND 


Digital ground. 


22 


20 


DV CC 


Digital positive power supply, +5V. 


24 


21 


AV CC 


Analog positive power supply, +5V. 


25 


22 


DO 


Data bit 0, (LSB). 


26 


23 


D1 


Data bit 1. 


27 


24 


D2 


Data bit 2. 


28 


25 


D3 


Data bit 3. 


23 




NC 


No connection 


29 


26 


D4 


Data bit 4. 


30 


27 


D5 


Data bit 5. 


31 


28 


D6 


Data bit 6. 


32 


29 


D7 


Data bit 7. 


33 


30 


AV EE 


Analog negative power supply, -5V. 


35 


31 


AGND 


Analog ground. 


36 


32 


DGND 


Digital ground. 


37 


33 


DV CC 


Digital positive power supply, +5V. 


38 


34 


D8 


Data bit 8. 


39 


35 


D9 


Data bit 9. 


34 




NC 


No connection. 




OD 


m n 

U I u 


Hata Kit 1 n 

uaid on i u. 


41 


37 


D11 


Data bit 11 (MSB). 


42 


38 


av cc 


Analog positive power supply, +5V. 


43 


39 


OVF 


Overflow output. Active high when either an overrange or underrange analog input conditions is detected. 


44 


40 


IRQ 


Interrupt ReQuest output. Goes low when a conversion is complete. 



1-125 



Application Note 9203 



Typical Performance Curves 

TYPICAL SNH vs INPUT FREQUENCY 



TYPICAL THD v« INPUT FREQUENCY 



30 
20 
10 




1M 

INPUT FREQUENCY (Hz) 



500K 1M 
INPUT FREQUENCY (Hz) 



2M 



TYPICAL SND vs INPUT FREQUENCY 



TYPICAL SPDF vs INPUT FREQUENCY 



80 
70 
60 
50 
40 
30 
20 
10 



0l 

20K 



500K 1M 
INPUT FREQUENCY (Hz) 



500K 1M 
INPUT FREQUENCY (Hz) 



2M 



TYPICAL EFFECTIVE BITS vs INPUT FREQUENCY 



S 6 
£ 4 



>00K 1M 
INPUT FREQENCY (Hz) 



1-126 



Application Note 9203 



Typical Performance Curves (continued) 

DIFFERENTIAL NON-LINEARITY INTEGRAL NON-LINEARITY 




FFT SPECTRAL PLOT FOR F w = 2MHz, F s = 3MH 

10 . , , 

o I I i 




3S5K 730K 1.095M 1.4SM 

FREQUENCY (Hz) 



1-127 



Application Note 9203 



Silk Screen 



OFFSET GAIN SH VIO 





0<SND 



VlN 



REF,N 



□ □ 

□ □ 

□ □ 



□ O AO 

□ □ 55 



VEE O VEE 
VEE 

vcc 

vcc Ovcc 

NC 
NC 



□ □ 

□ n 

□ □ 

□ □ 

□ □ 

□ □ 

□ □ 

□ □ 

□ □ 

□ □ 

□ □ 





OE 

CONV 

DO 

01 

02 

03 

D4 

D5 

D€ 

D7 

D8 

M 

D10 

D11 

NC 

OVF 

IRQ 





R2 

O-CD-O 



RS 

O-CD- O 



R3 

O-CD- O 



R1 

O-CD-O 




R14 

h° o 3 

DITHER o T U 
OUT pfti 




C29I 




C2SI 



1C24 



)C27 



EVALUATION BOARD 
© 1 892 HARRIS CORPORATION 
REV 920202 CLB 



SEMICONDUCTOR 



Application Note 9203 




P4 (?) DITHER OUT 



C23 > |+IOuF 



C22. , 



CI |.Q1|iF 



EXT REF 




v«0- 

1 

I — X1 — * t 

,,_ ran I M ," v 



V vcc ■ 



R9 
10K 



R10 
10K 



R11 



5 



U1 

Hisaoo 



(22) (LSB)DO 



(23) Dt 

REFJN (1) ,,4,0, 
REF_0UT(5) (25) D3 



(26) D4 



AGND (7) 
(12) 



(27) D5 



(28) D6 



(J1) 
DGND (19) 



(29)07 



(34) D9 



DGND (32) 



(35) D9 



V,N (6) 



(36) D10 



(37)(MS8)D11 



(40) IRQ 
(tt)OVF 



CONV (17) 



OE (16) 
SO (14) 
£5 (15) 

RO_ADJ(2) 

( 

RG_ADJ(3) 



(1S)DVEE 



(33)DVCC 



(20)DVCC 



(4) AVCC 
(11) AVCC 



(21) AVCC 



(3«) AVCC 



ADJ. (8) 
ADJ-(») 



(10) AVEE 
(13)AVEE 
(30) 



R12 
IK 



R13 
2K 



4K 

DO 



-ED— | 
-0 — 
-0— > 
-0— ' 
-ED— 
-0— ■ 

4x71- 



D11 



"0 

"0 

"0 

"0— ' 
"0 



-HID— : 



si* 8 * 

it " 



JJ o » . 

5 I P 0- 

7 rn Z 



1 



IB 5. o38 

sills 

li I 3 
11 

I 



© $ 

a o o> 
z o! 
o z o 
z J 
m o 

It 

oS 

h 



mi — 

0- 1 



OVF 



VEE 



iTTWW 



r I csi |cr |,gq^r; 

*1 1 C10 1? ■oiTT'^'Tca v 



C29 
10fiF 



10tiF 



CS1| |C2 J,C2S 



cisj_ c 



mfL^J,, 



C17|_ 

C1S| Ici6| + jiTMai 

=!==!= 4= "^r-W 



if T-iyrTca 
9_J_ JC20jf ^^T - '«MF 



*11-Ji I 

ciirrt^riM^H 

iT TiufXWi v 



C32 
10(iF 



C26 V 
10nF 



Application Note 9203 



Materials List 

Program: PC-FORM VERSION 5.10 

Date : Apr 21 1992 

Time :01:07:27 PM 

File In : 5800D.PNL 

File Out : 5800D. MAT 

Format : P-CAD MATERIALS LIST 



ITEM 


QTY 


PART NAME 


REFERENCE DESIGNATOR 


DESCRIPTION 


1 


11 


CK06 


C1, C3, C5, C6, C8, 011, C14, C15, C17, C19, C21 


VAL=.01nF 


2 


11 


CK06 


C4, C7, C9, C10, C12, C13, C16, C18, C20, C2, C22 


VAL = .1tiF 


3 


5 


RC05 


R2, R3, R5, R1.R4 


VAL = 50fl 


4 


1 


RC05 


R12 


VAL = 2K 


5 


1 


RC05 


R13 


VAL = 4K 


6 


1 


RC05 


R14 


VAL= 1K 


7 


1 


50RCONGT 


X1 


50 PIN RIBBON CONNECTOR 


8 


11 


PCAP 


C24. C25, C23, C26, C27, C28, C29, C30, C31, C32, C33 


VAL= 10(iF 


9 


3 


TRMPOT 


R11, R9, R10 


VAL= 10K 


10 


8 


RBNC 


P1, P2, P3, P4, P6, P7, P8, P9, P10 




11 


1 


3PINJUMP 


X11 




12 


1 


HI5800 


U1 





1-131